[opensuse-translation-commit] r97434 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po - openSUSE Translation Commits

14 Sep 2017

Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-09-14 14:17:24 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017)
New Revision: 97434

Modified:
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po
===================================================================

--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434)
@@ -14,34 +14,34 @@
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Title for installation overview dialog
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76
+#. Title for installation overview dialog
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76
 msgid "Installation Overview"
 msgstr "نظرة عامة على التثبيت"
 
-#. Button label: start the installation
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78
+#. Button label: start the installation
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78
 msgid "Install"
 msgstr "تثبيت"
 
-#. %s is a problem description
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102
+#. %s is a problem description
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102
 msgid ""
 "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n"
 "%s"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. @return [String] Widget's label
-#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration
-#. 
-#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise.
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98
+#. @return [String] Widget's label
+#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise.
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98
 msgid "NTP Servers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Initializes the widget's value
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65
+#. Initializes the widget's value
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65
 msgid ""
 "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n"
 "%{servers}\n"
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
 "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100
 msgid ""
 "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n"
 "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n"
@@ -59,29 +59,24 @@
 "Would you like to continue with the installation?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: "
-"%{message}"
+#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72
+msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: %{message}"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network"
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding."
+#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network"
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110
+msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location
-#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN.
-#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node.
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43
+#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location
+#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN.
+#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node.
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43
 msgid "Administration Node"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location
-#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or "
-"Hostname"
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location
+#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67
+msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname"
 msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434)
@@ -14,63 +14,60 @@
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
+#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
 msgid "Keyboard configuration."
 msgstr "تكوين لوحة المفاتيح."
 
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
 msgstr "ملخص تكوين لوحة المفاتيح."
 
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
 msgstr "قم بتعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين لوحة المفاتيح."
 
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
 msgstr "قم بسرد كل تخطيطات لوحة المفاتيح المتاحة."
 
-#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
 msgid "New keyboard layout"
 msgstr "تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح جديد"
 
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
 msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالي: %1"
 
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم "
-"الممكنة."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة."
 
-#. summary item
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
+#. summary item
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
 msgid "Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح"
 
-#. menue label text
-#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
-#. menu button label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
+#. menue label text
+#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+#. widget label
+#. menu button label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
 msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح"
 
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n"
@@ -79,86 +76,81 @@
 "</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة "
-"المفاتيح النمطية.\n"
+"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة المفاتيح النمطية.\n"
 " تتم كتابة هذه الإعدادات في الملف <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
 " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم "
-"بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.</p>\n"
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.</p>\n"
 
-#. heading text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
+#. heading text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings"
 msgstr "إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح المتقدمة"
 
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
 msgid "Repeat &Rate"
 msgstr "معدل التكرار"
 
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts"
 msgstr "فترة التأخير قبل بدء التكرار"
 
-#. frame label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
+#. frame label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
 msgid "Start-Up States"
 msgstr "حالات بدء التشغيل"
 
-#. combobox label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
+#. combobox label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
 msgid "&Num Lock On"
 msgstr "Num Lock في وضع التشغيل"
 
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
 msgid "BIOS Settings"
 msgstr "إعدادات BIOS"
 
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "نعم"
 
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
 msgid "No"
 msgstr "لا"
 
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
 msgid "<Untouched>"
 msgstr "<بدون تغيير>"
 
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock"
 msgstr "تعطيل Caps Lock"
 
-#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
-#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
+#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
+#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
 msgid "&Test"
 msgstr "اختبار"
 
-#. push button
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
+#. push button
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
 msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
 msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة..."
 
-#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
+#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>"
@@ -166,27 +158,25 @@
 "\n"
 "<p><big><b>تكوين لوحة المفاتيح</b></big></p>"
 
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
 "installation and in the installed system.  \n"
 "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
 "اختر <b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b>المطلوب استخدامه\n"
 " للتثبيت وفي النظام المثبت.  \n"
 " اختبر التخطيط في <b>اختبار</b>.\n"
-" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد "
-"<b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n"
+" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. general help trailer
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
+#. general help trailer
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n"
@@ -196,30 +186,26 @@
 "إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
 "اختر<b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> لاستخدامها في النظام.\n"
-"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة "
-"المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.</p>\n"
+"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.</p>\n"
 
-#. Screen title for keyboard screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
+#. Screen title for keyboard screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
 msgstr "تكوين لوحة مفاتيح النظام"
 
-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83
+#. help text for keyboard selection widget
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -227,12 +213,12 @@
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
-#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
-#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
-#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
-#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
+#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
+#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
+#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
+#. it is not saved to the system.
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
 msgid ""
 "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
 "different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -242,186 +228,183 @@
 "التخطيط الموجود في النظام المطلوب تحديثه.\n"
 " حدد التخطيط المطلوب استخدامه أثناء التحديث:"
 
-#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
-#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
 msgstr "فشل تعيين لوحة مفاتيح X11 على '%s'"
 
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
 msgstr "<%1>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح<%2>: %3"
 
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3"
 msgstr "<%1>اللغة<%2>: %3"
 
-#. rich text label
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
+#. rich text label
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
 msgid "Locale Settings"
 msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية"
 
-#. menu button label
-#. menue label text
-#. Widget label
-#. 
-#. @return [String]
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
-#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48
+#. menu button label
+#. menue label text
+#. Widget label
+#.
+#. @return [String]
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
+#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48
 msgid "&Language"
 msgstr "اللغة"
 
-#. translators: command line help text for language module
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
+#. translators: command line help text for language module
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
 msgid "Language configuration"
 msgstr "تكوين اللغة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
 msgid "Language configuration summary"
 msgstr "ملخص تكوين اللغة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
 msgid "Set new values for language"
 msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة للغة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
 msgid "List all available languages."
 msgstr "قم بسرد كل اللغات المتاحة."
 
-#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
+#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
 msgid "New language value"
 msgstr "قيمة اللغة الجديدة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
+#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)"
 msgstr "قائمة اللغات الثانوية (مفصولة بفواصل)"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
+#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
 msgid "Do not install language specific packages"
 msgstr "لا تقم بتثبيت حزم اللغة الخاصة"
 
-#. progress title
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
+#. progress title
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
 msgid "Saving Language Configuration"
 msgstr "حفظ تكوين اللغة"
 
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
 msgid "Save language and console settings"
 msgstr "حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم"
 
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages"
 msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها"
 
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu"
 msgstr "تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل"
 
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
 msgid "Saving language and console settings..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم..."
 
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها..."
 
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل..."
 
-#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
+#. help for write dialog
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>حفظ التكوين</b><br>الرجاء الانتظار...</p>"
 
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
 msgstr "اللغة الحالية: %1 (%2)"
 
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
 msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
 msgstr "اللغات الإضافية: %1"
 
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
 msgstr "اللغة %1 ليست لغة صالحة. استخدم الأمر قائمة للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة."
 
-#. label text
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
+#. label text
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
 msgid "Language"
 msgstr "اللغة"
 
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Build dialog
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
 msgid "Languages"
 msgstr "اللغات"
 
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
 msgid "Welcome to System Repair"
 msgstr "مرحبًا بك في \"إصلاح النظام\""
 
-#. button label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
+#. button label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
 msgid "&Details"
 msgstr "تفاصيل"
 
-#. multiselection box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
+#. multiselection box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
 msgid "&Secondary Languages"
 msgstr "اللغات الثانوية"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
 msgid "Primary &Language"
 msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية"
 
-#. frame label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
+#. frame label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
 msgid "Primary Language Settings"
 msgstr "إعدادات اللغة الرئيسية"
 
-#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
+#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
 "</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة "
-"الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n"
+"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
+#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n"
@@ -433,8 +416,8 @@
 "النظام المثبت.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -444,8 +427,8 @@
 "انقر فوق <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -457,8 +440,8 @@
 "كافة الإعدادات في مربع حوار التثبيت الأخير.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n"
@@ -470,9 +453,9 @@
 "عملية التثبيت.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. different help text when called after installation
-#. in an installed system
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
+#. different help text when called after installation
+#. in an installed system
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -482,8 +465,8 @@
 "اختر <b>اللغة</b> الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -493,27 +476,21 @@
 "اختر <b>اللغة الرئيسية</b> الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
+#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"حدد <b>تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة "
-"الرئيسية.\n"
-"تحقق من <b>تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا "
-"للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا "
-"لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n"
+"حدد <b>تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة الرئيسية.\n"
+"تحقق من <b>تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n"
@@ -525,13 +502,13 @@
 " في مربع التحديد، حدد اللغات الإضافية المطلوب استخدامها على النظام.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. error message - package solver failed
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
+#. error message - package solver failed
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies."
 msgstr "توجد تبعيات حزمة غير محلولة."
 
-#. error message
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
+#. error message
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
 msgid ""
 "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
 "Remove some languages from the selection."
@@ -539,8 +516,8 @@
 "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كل الحزم الإضافية.\n"
 "أزل بعض اللغات من التحديد."
 
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n"
@@ -554,8 +531,8 @@
 " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n"
@@ -565,74 +542,65 @@
 "<b>الإعدادت المحلية لجذر المستخدم</b>\n"
 " كيفية تعيين المتغيرات المحلية (LC_*) للمستخدم المسؤول.</p>"
 
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
 msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
 "are unset.<br>\n"
 "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
 "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم "
-"يتم تعيين\n"
+"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم تعيين\n"
 "القيم الأخرى.<br>\n"
-" <b>نعم</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي."
-"<br>\n"
+" <b>نعم</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي.<br>\n"
 " <b>لا</b>: لم يتم تعيين كل المتغيرات المحلية الخاصة بالمسؤول.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير "
-"المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة "
-"للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>"
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>"
 
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
 msgid "Language Details"
 msgstr "تفاصيل اللغة"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root"
 msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية لجذر المستخدم"
 
-#. do not translate "ctype"
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
+#. do not translate "ctype"
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
 msgid "ctype Only"
 msgstr "ctype فقط"
 
-#. checkbox label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
+#. checkbox label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding"
 msgstr "استخدام ترميز UTF-8"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting"
 msgstr "الإعداد المحلي المُفصل"
 
-#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
+#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1"
 msgstr "تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بما يتناسب مع %1"
 
-#. check box label (%1 is country name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
+#. check box label (%1 is country name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1"
 msgstr "تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية بما يتناسب مع %1"
 
-#. Widget help text
-#. 
-#. @return [String]
-#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67
+#. Widget help text
+#.
+#. @return [String]
+#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Language</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -640,14 +608,14 @@
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. busy message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
+#. busy message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال ملحق لغة نظام التثبيت..."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
-#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
+#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
 msgid ""
 "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
 "available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -659,21 +627,21 @@
 "\n"
 "سيتم استخدام اللغة الاحتياطية %{fallback}‏."
 
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
 msgid "Primary Language: %1"
 msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية: %1"
 
-#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
-#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
-#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
+#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
+#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
 msgid "Installing Packages..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..."
 
-#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#. continue/cancel message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
 msgid ""
 "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
 "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -681,16 +649,16 @@
 "لم تكتمل ترجمة اللغة الرئيسية.\n"
 "قد يتم عرض بعض النصوص باللغة الإنجليزية.\n"
 
-#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#. popup message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
 msgid ""
 "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
 "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
 "for this language.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
 msgid ""
 "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
 "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -698,67 +666,67 @@
 "يتعذر استخدام اللغة المحددة في وضع النص. يتم استخدام الإنجليزية \n"
 " للتثبيت، ولكن سيتم استخدام اللغة المحددة مع النظام الجديد."
 
-#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
+#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
 msgid "Time zone configuration"
 msgstr "تكوين المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
 msgid "Time zone configuration summary"
 msgstr "ملخص تكوين المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration"
 msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
 msgid "List all available time zones"
 msgstr "سرد كافة المناطق الزمنية المتاحة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
+#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
 msgid "New time zone"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الجديدة"
 
-#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
 msgstr "قيمة جديدة لساعة الجهاز. من الممكن أن تكون 'local' أو 'utc' أو 'UTC'‏."
 
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية:\t%1"
 
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1"
 msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على:\t%1"
 
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#. label text (Clock setting)
-#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
-#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#. label text (Clock setting)
+#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
+#. @return summary string (html)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
 msgid "UTC"
 msgstr "UTC"
 
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
 msgid "Local time"
 msgstr "التوقيت المحلي"
 
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1"
 msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ الحاليان:\t%1"
 
-#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
+#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
 msgid ""
 "Time %1 is in the past.\n"
 "Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -766,48 +734,42 @@
 "الوقت %1 في الماضي.\n"
 "قم بتعيين وقت صحيح قبل بدء التثبيت."
 
-#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
+#. summary item
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
 msgid "Time Zone"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
+#. menue label text
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
 msgid "&Time Zone"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. help for time calculation basis:
-#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
+#. help for time calculation basis:
+#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
 "Windows) use local time.\n"
 "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
 "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
 "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين "
-"ساعة الأجهزة على</b>.\n"
-" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على</b>.\n"
+" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل Microsoft\n"
 " Windows) التوقيت المحلي.\n"
 " أما الأجهزة المثبت عليها Linux فقط فعادةً ما يتم تعيينها على \n"
 " التوقيت العالمي المتفق عليه (UTC).\n"
-" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي "
-"إلى \n"
+" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي إلى \n"
 "التوقيت الصيفي ثم الرجوع تلقائيًا.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text: extra note about localtime
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
+#. help text: extra note about localtime
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n"
@@ -823,18 +785,15 @@
 "تحقق من دليل المستخدم للحصول على معلومات عن الآثار الجانبية.\n"
 "</p>"
 
-#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
+#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
 msgid ""
 "\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux  seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux  seems to be installed on your system.\n"
 "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
 "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -853,62 +812,58 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد المتابعة مع تحديد الوقت (بالتوقيت المحلي)؟"
 
-#. help text for set time dialog
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى "
-"القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>"
+#. help text for set time dialog
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>"
 
-#. help text, cont.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
+#. help text, cont.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>قبول</b> لحفظ التغييرات.</p>"
 
-#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
+#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format"
 msgstr "التاريخ الحالي بتنسيق ي ي-ش ش-س س س س"
 
-#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
+#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format"
 msgstr "الوقت الحالي بتنسيق س س:دد:ث ث"
 
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
 msgid "Current Date"
 msgstr "التاريخ الحالي"
 
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
 msgid "Current Time"
 msgstr "الوقت الحالي"
 
-#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
+#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
 msgid "Manually"
 msgstr "يدويًا"
 
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
 msgid "Change the Time Now"
 msgstr "تغيير الوقت الآن"
 
-#. radio button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
+#. radio button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server"
 msgstr "مزامنة مع خادم NTP"
 
-#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
+#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
 msgid "Change Date and Time"
 msgstr "تغيير التاريخ أو الوقت"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
 msgid ""
 "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
 "Enter the correct time.\n"
@@ -916,8 +871,8 @@
 "وقت غير صالح (س س:د د:ث ث) %1.\n"
 "أدخل الوقت الصحيح.\n"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
 msgid ""
 "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n"
 "Enter the correct date.\n"
@@ -925,49 +880,49 @@
 "تاريخ غير صالح (ي ي-ش ش-س س س س) %1.\n"
 "أدخل التاريخ الصحيح.\n"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Other &Settings..."
 msgstr "إعداد آخر"
 
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
 msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ (تم تكوين NTP)"
 
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
 msgid "Date and Time"
 msgstr "التاريخ والوقت"
 
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
 msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة إلى UTC"
 
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
 msgid "&Region"
 msgstr "المنطقة"
 
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
 msgid "Time &Zone"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
 msgid "Date and Time:"
 msgstr "التاريخ والوقت:"
 
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -975,26 +930,23 @@
 "\n"
 "<p><b><big>إعدادات المنطقة الزمنية والساعة</big></b></p>"
 
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
 "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
 "region from those available.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> "
-"أولاً.\n"
-" في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة "
-"المناسبة \n"
+"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> أولاً.\n"
+" في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة المناسبة \n"
 "من تلك المتاحة.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
+#. general help trailer
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1004,327 +956,327 @@
 "إذا كان التوقيت الحالي غير صحيح، استخدم <b>تغيير</b> لتعديله.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
+#. Screen title for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
 msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
 msgstr "الساعة والمنطقة الزمنية"
 
-#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
+#. popup text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
 msgid "Select a valid time zone."
 msgstr "حدد منطقة زمنية صالحة."
 
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
 msgid "Local Time"
 msgstr "التوقيت المحلي"
 
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
 msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على"
 
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
 msgid "NTP configured"
 msgstr "NTP غير مكوَّن"
 
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
 msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية: %1"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
 msgid "English (US)"
 msgstr "أمريكية وعربية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
 msgid "English (UK)"
 msgstr "بريطانية وعربية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "المانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
 msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
 msgstr "الألمانية (بمفاتيح تشكيل)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
 msgid "German (Switzerland)"
 msgstr "الألمانية (سويسرا)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
 msgid "French"
 msgstr "الفرنسية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
 msgid "French (Switzerland)"
 msgstr "ﺔﻳﺮﺴﻳﻮﺳ/ﺔﻴﺴﻧﺮﻓ"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
 msgid "French (Canada)"
 msgstr "الفرنسية (كندا)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
 msgstr "الكندية (متعدد اللغات)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
 msgid "Spanish"
 msgstr "اسبانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
 msgstr "الأسبانية (أمريكا اللاتينية)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
 msgstr "الأسبانية (CP 850)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
 msgid "Italian"
 msgstr "إيطالية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
 msgid "Portuguese"
 msgstr "البرتغالية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
 msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
 msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل -- لهجات الولايات المتحدة)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
 msgid "Greek"
 msgstr "يونانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
 msgid "Dutch"
 msgstr "الهولندية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
 msgid "Danish"
 msgstr "الدانماركية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
 msgid "Norwegian"
 msgstr "نروجية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
 msgid "Swedish"
 msgstr "سويدية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
 msgid "Finnish"
 msgstr "الفنلندية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
 msgid "Czech"
 msgstr "التشيكية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
 msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
 msgstr "qwerty التشيكية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
 msgid "Slovak"
 msgstr "السلوفاكية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
 msgstr "السلوفاكية (qwerty)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
 msgid "Slovene"
 msgstr "السلوفانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
 msgid "Hungarian"
 msgstr "هنغارية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
 msgid "Polish"
 msgstr "بولونية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
 msgid "Russian"
 msgstr "روسية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
 msgid "Serbian"
 msgstr "الصربية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
 msgid "Estonian"
 msgstr "الإستونية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
 msgid "Lithuanian"
 msgstr "الليتوانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
 msgid "Turkish"
 msgstr "التركية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
 msgid "Croatian"
 msgstr "الكرواتية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "يابانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
 msgid "Belgian"
 msgstr "البلجيكية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
 msgid "Dvorak"
 msgstr "Dvorak"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
 msgid "Icelandic"
 msgstr "الآيسلندية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
 msgid "Ukrainian"
 msgstr "اوكرانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
 msgid "Khmer"
 msgstr "الخميرية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
 msgid "Korean"
 msgstr "الكورية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
 msgid "Arabic"
 msgstr "العربية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
 msgid "Tajik"
 msgstr "الطاجكية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
 msgid "Traditional Chinese"
 msgstr "الصينية التقليدية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
 msgid "Simplified Chinese"
 msgstr "الصينية المبسطة"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
 msgid "Romanian"
 msgstr "الرومانية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
 msgid "US International"
 msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الدولية"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
 msgstr "أسبانية (اللهجة الأسترية("

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po	2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
 msgid ""
 "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -35,60 +35,60 @@
 "\n"
 "للمتابعة بالرغم من التحذير، انقر فوق 'نعم'.\n"
 
-#. dialog heading
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
+#. dialog heading
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
 msgid "Expert Partitioner"
 msgstr "مقسم خبير"
 
-#. text show during initialization
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
+#. text show during initialization
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "تهيئة..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
+#. helptext
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>جاري اكتشاف وحدات التخزين.</p>"
 
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
 msgid "Storage Configuration"
 msgstr "تكوين التخزين"
 
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
 msgid "List disks and partitions"
 msgstr "قائمة الأقراص والأقسام"
 
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
 msgid "List disks"
 msgstr "قائمة الأقراص"
 
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
 msgid "List partitions"
 msgstr "قائمة الأقسام"
 
-#. Title for dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
+#. Title for dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
 msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
 msgstr "التقسيم المقترح"
 
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
 msgstr "مقسم الخبراء..."
 
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..."
 msgstr "إنشاء إعداد القسم"
 
-#. popup text
+#. popup text
 #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
 msgid ""
 "No automatic proposal possible.\n"
 "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -96,15 +96,15 @@
 "الاقتراح التلقائي غير ممكن.\n"
 "قم بتحديد نقاط التوصيل يدويًا في مربع الحوار 'المقسم'."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
-#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
+#. TRANSLATORS: button text
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
 msgstr "تحرير إعدادات الاقتراح"
 
-#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
+#. help on suggested partitioning
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@
 "تم التحقق من الأقراص الصلبة الموجودة لديك. يتم اقتراح إعداد التقسيم\n"
 " المعروض من أجل المشغل الصلب الموجود لديك.</p>"
 
-#. help text continued
-#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
+#. help text continued
+#. %1 is replaced by button text
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@
 "<b>%1</b> وقم بتعديل الإعدادات في مربع الحوار المقسم\n"
 "الخبير.</p>\n"
 
-#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
+#. help text continued
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -149,27 +149,27 @@
 "وهذا هو الخيار الذي يتعين عليك تحديده\n"
 "في الخيارات المتقدمة مثل RAID والتشفير.</p>\n"
 
-#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
-#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
+#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
+#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
 msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الاقتراح المطلوب."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
 msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة كافية لعرض لقطات لوحدة تخزين الجذر."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
 msgstr "المساحة المتوفرة غير كافية لاقتراح /home منفصل."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
 msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام الملفات الجذر. تتعذر المتابعة."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
 msgid ""
 "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
 "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -177,22 +177,22 @@
 "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
 "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
 
-#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
-#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68
+#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
+#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68
 msgid "Preparing disks..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير الأقراص..."
 
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
 msgid "MB"
 msgstr "ميغابايت"
 
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
 msgid ""
 "Windows\n"
 "Used\n"
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@
 "\n"
 " %1"
 
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
 msgid ""
 "Windows\n"
 "Free\n"
@@ -214,9 +214,9 @@
 "غير مستخدم\n"
 " %1"
 
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
 msgid ""
 "Linux\n"
 "%1 "
@@ -224,25 +224,25 @@
 "Linux\n"
 "%1"
 
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
 msgid "Windows Free (%1)"
 msgstr "Windows غير مستخدم (%1)"
 
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
 msgid "Linux (%1)"
 msgstr "Linux (%1)"
 
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n"
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@
 "اختر الحجم الجديد من أجل قسم Windows.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@
 "قسم Windows بدون تغيير.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -286,23 +286,23 @@
 " <b>الخلف</b>.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
 msgid "Now"
 msgstr "الآن"
 
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
 msgid "After Installation"
 msgstr "بعد التثبيت"
 
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -318,9 +318,9 @@
 " تغيير حجم القسم).\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -334,9 +334,9 @@
 "حقل الإدخال لضبط القيمة المقترحة.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -350,29 +350,29 @@
 " الأقسام تلقائيًا عند الضرورة.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
 msgid "Windows Used"
 msgstr "يتم استخدام Windows"
 
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
 msgid "Free"
 msgstr "خالية"
 
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
 msgid "Linux"
 msgstr "Linux"
 
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n"
@@ -386,9 +386,9 @@
 " كما هو مطلوب من أجل &product;.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@
 "<b>Windows المستخدم</b> هو حجم الجزء المستخدم في قسم Windows.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n"
@@ -414,13 +414,13 @@
 " على القسم.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition"
 msgstr "تغيير حجم قسم Windows"
 
-#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
-#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
+#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
+#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
 msgid ""
 "An error has occurred.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -446,9 +446,9 @@
 "Windows بما في ذلك حيز العمل في Windows و\n"
 "مساحة من أجل %2.\n"
 
-#. not yet checked
-#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
+#. not yet checked
+#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
 msgid ""
 "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n"
 "for consistency.\n"
@@ -464,8 +464,8 @@
 " ومقدار المساحة المستخدمة، قد يستغرق هذا الأمر بعض الوقت.\n"
 " \n"
 
-#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
+#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
 msgid ""
 "An error has occurred.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -487,14 +487,14 @@
 " في حالة ظهور المشكلة مرة ثانية، قم بتغيير\n"
 " قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n"
 
-#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
+#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation."
 msgstr "المساحة المتاحة غير كافية لعملية التثبيت."
 
-#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
-#. be  terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
+#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
+#. be  terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
 msgid ""
 "An internal error has occurred.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -514,15 +514,15 @@
 " \t      قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n"
 " ‎\t"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
 msgstr "يمكن تكوين النظام الخاص بك بخيارات التقسيم المخصصة."
 
-#. Win NT / 2000
-#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
-#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
+#. Win NT / 2000
+#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
+#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
 msgid ""
 "An error has occurred.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -542,10 +542,10 @@
 " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n"
 " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n"
 
-#. local error
-#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
-#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
+#. local error
+#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
+#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
 msgid ""
 "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -561,10 +561,10 @@
 " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n"
 " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n"
 
-#. OK --> No NT or 2000
-#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
+#. OK --> No NT or 2000
+#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
 msgid ""
 "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n"
 "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n"
@@ -592,14 +592,14 @@
 " \n"
 " هل ترغب حقًا في تقليص قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
 msgid "&Shrink Windows"
 msgstr "تقليص Windows"
 
-#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
+#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
 msgid ""
 "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -613,13 +613,13 @@
 " \n"
 " هل ترغب حقًا في حذف قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
 msgid "&Delete Windows"
 msgstr "حذف Windows"
 
-#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
+#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
 msgid ""
 "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n"
 "the disk is too small. \n"
@@ -631,40 +631,38 @@
 " لتثبيت نظام التشغيل Linux، حدد المزيد من الأقسام لإزالتها\n"
 "أو حدد قرصًا بمساحة أكبر."
 
-#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
-#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
-#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
+#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
+#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
+#. anyway
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
 msgid "Available &Disks"
 msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
 msgstr "تقسيم مخصص (للخبراء)"
 
-#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
-#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
-#. installation target
-#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
+#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
+#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
+#. installation target
+#. heading text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
 msgid "Hard Disk"
 msgstr "القرص الصلب"
 
-#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
-#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث."
+#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
+#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث."
 
-#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
-#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
-#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
-#. do while the following locale is the help description
-#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
+#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
+#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
+#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
+#. do while the following locale is the help description
+#. help part 1 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -676,8 +674,8 @@
 "على النظام الخاص بك. حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product; عليه.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
+#. help part 2 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -687,8 +685,8 @@
 "ربما ترغب لاحقًا في تحديد الجزء من القرص الذي سيتم فيه استخدام &product;.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
+#. help part 3 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -704,27 +702,27 @@
 " الأقسام إلى نقاط التوصيل عند تثبيت &product;.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
+#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
 msgstr "تحضير القرص الصلب"
 
-#. there is a selection from which one option must be
-#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
+#. there is a selection from which one option must be
+#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
 msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
 msgstr "حدد أحد الخيارات للمتابعة."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
 msgstr "القرص %1 قيد الاستخدام بواسطة %2"
 
-#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
 msgid ""
 "This is for experts only.\n"
 "You might lose support if you use this!\n"
@@ -738,62 +736,62 @@
 "الرجاء الرجوع إلى الدليل للتأكد من أن\n"
 "تقسيمك المخصص يلبي متطلبات هذا المنتج."
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:	multipath-simple.ycp
-#. Package:	yast2-storage
-#. Summary:	Simplistic multipath activation module.
-#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:	multipath-simple.ycp
+#. Package:	yast2-storage
+#. Summary:	Simplistic multipath activation module.
+#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
 msgid "Activate multipath?"
 msgstr "هل تريد تنشيط multipath؟"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. Module:		proposal_partitions.ycp
-#. 
-#. $Id$
-#. 
-#. Author:		Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de>
-#. 
-#. Purpose:		Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
-#. 
-#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. Module:		proposal_partitions.ycp
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Author:		Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de>
+#.
+#. Purpose:		Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
+#.
+#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
 msgid ""
 "No snapshots possible.\n"
 "Please use larger root partition."
@@ -801,7 +799,7 @@
 "لا توجد لقطات ممكنة.\n"
 "الرجاء استخدام تقسيم جذر أكبر."
 
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
 "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
@@ -809,35 +807,35 @@
 "لن تتم تهيئة قسم /home. بعد التثبيت،\n"
 "تأكد من تعيين ملكيات الدلائل الرئيسية بشكل صحيح."
 
-#. A custom configuration
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
 msgid "Custom"
 msgstr "مخصص"
 
-#. A standard configuration
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
 msgid "Standard"
 msgstr "قياسي"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
 msgid "Partitioning"
 msgstr "تقسيم"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
 msgid "&Partitioning"
 msgstr "تقسيم"
 
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
 msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
 msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوينات نظام الملفات..."
 
-#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
-#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
-#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
+#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
+#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
+#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
 msgid ""
 "The current selection is invalid:\n"
 "%1"
@@ -845,15 +843,15 @@
 "التحديد الحالي غير صالح:\n"
 "%1"
 
-#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
-#. e.g. "1:    2 GB, unassigned"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
+#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
+#. e.g. "1:    2 GB, unassigned"
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
 msgid "&%1:    %2, unassigned"
 msgstr "%1:    %2، غير مخصص"
 
-#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
-#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
+#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
+#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
 msgid ""
 "Disk Areas to Use\n"
 "to Install %1\n"
@@ -861,16 +859,16 @@
 "مناطق بالقرص للاستخدام\n"
 "لتثبيت %1\n"
 
-#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
-#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
-#. the target disk
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
+#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
+#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
+#. the target disk
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk"
 msgstr "استخدام القرص الصلب كاملاً"
 
-#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
-#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
+#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
+#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
 msgid ""
 "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n"
 "The entire disk will be used for %1."
@@ -878,8 +876,8 @@
 "لا توجد أقسام على هذا القرص بعد.\n"
 "سيتم استخدام القرص بالكامل من أجل %1."
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n"
 "There is not enough space to install Linux."
@@ -887,18 +885,18 @@
 "يبدو أن هذا القرص يتم استخدامه بواسطة Windows.\n"
 "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت Linux."
 
-#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
+#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely"
 msgstr "حذف Windows تمامًا"
 
-#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
+#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition"
 msgstr "تقليص قسم Windows"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n"
@@ -908,8 +906,8 @@
 "حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت product؛ عليه.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n"
@@ -917,13 +915,12 @@
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر "
-"من \n"
+"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر من \n"
 "الأقسام أو المناطق الخالية المعروضة.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n"
@@ -937,8 +934,8 @@
 " نظم التشغيل الأخرى.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
@@ -950,16 +947,16 @@
 " هناك. </i></b> لن تكون هناك طريقة لاستعادة هذه البيانات.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
 msgid "Installing on:"
 msgstr "تثبيت على:"
 
-#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
-#. part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
+#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
+#. part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n"
@@ -968,14 +965,13 @@
 "</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة "
-"كافية من أجل\n"
+"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة كافية من أجل\n"
 " &product;. يمكنك الاختيار بين <b>حذف Windows تمامًا</b> أو\n"
 " <b>تقليصه</b> للحصول على المساحة الخالية الكافية.\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. helptext, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
+#. helptext, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n"
@@ -985,35 +981,34 @@
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم <b>بصورة "
-"نهائية\n"
+"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم <b>بصورة نهائية\n"
 " </b>في عملية التثبيت. عند تقليص Windows، فإننا <b>ننصح بشدة\n"
 " بعمل نسخ احتياطي للبيانات</b>، حيث إنه يجب إعادة تنظيمها.\n"
 " قد تتعرض هذه العملية للفشل في حالات نادرة.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. Label text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
+#. Label text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
 msgstr "اقتراح فصل قسم Home"
 
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
+#. Label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
 msgstr "إنشاء اقتراح استنادًا على LVM"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
 msgstr "تشفير مجموعة وحدات التخزين"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
 msgid "Proposal type"
 msgstr "نوع الاقتراح"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
 msgid ""
 "You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
 "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1027,8 +1022,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد بالفعل؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
 "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1037,14 +1032,13 @@
 "Really use this setup?\n"
 msgstr ""
 "لقد حاولت توصيل قسم FAT إلى واحدة من\n"
-"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح "
-"سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n"
+"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n"
 "استخدام نظام ملفات Linux، مثل ext3 أو ext4، لنقاط التوصيل هذه.\n"
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1058,8 +1052,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
 msgid ""
 "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1073,9 +1067,9 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
-#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
+#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
+#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1091,8 +1085,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد حقًا استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
+#. popup text, %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1112,8 +1106,8 @@
 " \n"
 " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1127,8 +1121,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بحجم تقسيم التشغيل هذا؟\n"
 
-#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
+#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
 "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1142,10 +1136,10 @@
 "أن يبلغ حجمه 1 ميغا بايت تقريبًا.\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
-#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
+#. popup text
+#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
+#. boot from the hard drive!
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
 "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1163,8 +1157,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد دون /قسم تمهيد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
 msgid ""
 "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
 "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1184,7 +1178,7 @@
 " \n"
 " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
 msgid ""
 "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
 "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1196,8 +1190,8 @@
 "%s\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
 "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1213,8 +1207,8 @@
 " \n"
 " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
 "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1238,8 +1232,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
 "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1263,20 +1257,19 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
 msgid "Really use this setup?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
 "to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
 "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
 "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
 "\n"
 "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1290,8 +1283,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام برنامج الإعداد بدون قسم للمبادلة؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1303,8 +1296,8 @@
 "تهيئته بعد. لا يضمن YaST نجاح التثبيت،\n"
 "خاصة في أي من الحالات التالية:\n"
 
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
 msgid ""
 "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
 "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1316,20 +1309,19 @@
 " الكتابة فوقه\n"
 " - إذا كان هذا القسم لا يحتوي على نظام الملفات\n"
 
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
 msgid ""
 "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
 "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "إذا كنت مترددًا، من الأفضل العودة للخلف ووضع علامة على هذا القسم\n"
 "للتنسيق، خاصة إذا كان يتم تعيينه إلى إحدى نقاط التوصيل القياسية\n"
 "مثل / أو /boot أو /opt أو /var.\n"
 
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1339,8 +1331,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بالقسم غير منسق؟\n"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1348,8 +1340,8 @@
 "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n"
 "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل تحريره.\n"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1357,8 +1349,8 @@
 "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى مجموعة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n"
 "قم بإزالته من مجموعة وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
 msgid ""
 "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
 "Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1366,8 +1358,8 @@
 "الجهاز المحدد يتم استخدامه بواسطة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n"
 "قم بإزالته من وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n"
 
-#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
+#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1375,8 +1367,8 @@
 "الجهاز (%2) ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n"
 "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل حذفه.\n"
 
-#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
+#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
 "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1384,12 +1376,12 @@
 "الجهاز (%2) يتم استخدامه بواسطة %1.\n"
 "إزالة %1 قبل حذفه.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
 msgstr "لا يمكن حذفه عندما يكون متصلًا."
 
-#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
+#. popup text, %1 is a device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
 msgid ""
 "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
 "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1397,14 +1389,12 @@
 "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز (%1) لأنه يمثل قسمًا منطقيًا ويوجد قسم \n"
 "منطقي آخر يحتوي على رقم كبير قيد الاستخدام.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
 msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
 "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "يحتوي القسم الموسع الذي تم تحديده على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n"
@@ -1412,8 +1402,8 @@
 "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n"
 "برجاء اختيار 'إلغاء' إذا لم تكن متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n"
 
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1427,8 +1417,8 @@
 " الأقسام من مجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n"
 " قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n"
 
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1442,8 +1432,8 @@
 " الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل \n"
 " حذف القسم الموسع.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1455,8 +1445,8 @@
 " يتم استخدامه. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين المستخدمة قبل\n"
 " حذف القسم الموسع.\n"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1474,31 +1464,31 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد الاحتفاظ بالإعداد الحالي؟\n"
 
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر."
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
 msgstr "تذكر جيدًا ما قمت بإدخاله هنا!"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
 msgid "Empty password allowed."
 msgstr "مسموح بإدخال كلمة سر فارغة."
 
-#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
+#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1"
 msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر على %1"
 
-#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
-#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
+#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
+#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "Enter your encryption password for\n"
 "device %1 mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1506,38 +1496,38 @@
 "أدخل كلمة المرور المشفرة\n"
 "للجهاز %1 الموصل على %2.\n"
 
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System"
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفرة"
 
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة مرور لنظام الملفات:"
 
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005
 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
 msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة المرور من أجل التحقق:"
 
-#. Cancel button
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
+#. Cancel button
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
 msgid "&Skip"
 msgstr "تخطي"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
 msgid ""
 "The first and the second version\n"
 "of the password do not match!\n"
@@ -1547,10 +1537,10 @@
 "المرور غير متطابقة.\n"
 "حاول مرة أخرى.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961
 msgid ""
 "You did not enter a password.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1558,10 +1548,10 @@
 "لم تقم بإدخال كلمة سر.\n"
 "حاول مرة أخرى.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969
 msgid ""
 "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1569,17 +1559,17 @@
 "يجب أن تحتوي كلمة السر على الأقل على %1 حرفًا.\n"
 "حاول مرة أخرى.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
 msgid "No floating point number."
 msgstr "لا يوجد رقم الفاصلة العائمة."
 
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
 msgid "File system options:"
 msgstr "خيارات نظام الملفات:"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
 msgid ""
 "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n"
 "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n"
@@ -1587,15 +1577,14 @@
 "غير مسموح بوضع الحرف '/' في تسمية وحدة التخزين.\n"
 "قم بتغيير تسمية وحدة التخزين الخاصة بك بحيث يتم استبعاد هذا الحرف من الاسم.\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n"
 "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
 "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
 "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
 "this is not possible.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>قم بالتوصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:</b>\n"
@@ -1603,63 +1592,60 @@
 "بواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لكي يتم العثور على نظام \n"
 "الملفات الذي تم توصيله عن طريق البحث عن UUID أو عن طريق تسمية\n"
 "القرص. لا تقبل كل أنظمة \n"
-"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن "
-"يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n"
+"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
 "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
 "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>تسمية وحدة التخزين:</b>\n"
-"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم "
-"هذا الخيار عادةً \n"
+"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم هذا الخيار عادةً \n"
 "عند تنشيط خيار التوصيل بواسطة تسمية وحدة التخزين فقط.\n"
 "لا يمكن أن تحتوي تسمية وحدة التخزين على الحرف / أو على مسافات.\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by"
 msgstr "توصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
 msgid "&Device Name"
 msgstr "اسم الجهاز"
 
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
 msgid "Volume &Label"
 msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
 msgid "&UUID"
 msgstr "المعرف الفريد العالمي (UUID)"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
 msgid "Device &ID"
 msgstr "معرف الجهاز"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
 msgid "Device &Path"
 msgstr "مسار الجهاز"
 
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
 msgid "Fstab Options:"
 msgstr "خيارات Fstab:"
 
-#. popup text %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
+#. popup text %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n"
@@ -1669,70 +1655,70 @@
 "الحد الأقصى لطول تسمية وحدة التخزين لنظام الملفات المحدد\n"
 "هو %1. تم قص تسمية القرص إلى هذا الحجم.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label."
 msgstr "قم بتوفير تسمية للقرص ليتم توصيله باستخدام التسمية."
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one."
 msgstr "تسمية القرص هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى."
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
 msgid "File &System"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
 msgid "O&ptions..."
 msgstr "خيارات..."
 
-#. Translators: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
 msgid "Enable Snapshots"
 msgstr "تمكين الالتقاط"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
 msgid "&Encrypt Device"
 msgstr "تشفير الجهاز"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
 msgid "File system &ID:"
 msgstr "معرف نظام الملفات:"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
 msgid "Format"
 msgstr "تهيئة"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
 msgid "Do ¬ format"
 msgstr "عدم التنسيق"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
 msgid "&Format"
 msgstr "تنسيق"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
 msgid "Fs&tab Options"
 msgstr "خيارات Fstab"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
 msgid "&Mount Point"
 msgstr "نقطة التوصيل"
 
-#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
+#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1756,8 +1742,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n"
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1767,8 +1753,8 @@
 "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بالقسم بواسطة YaST2.\n"
 "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1778,22 +1764,22 @@
 "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية بواسطة YaST2.\n"
 "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
 msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص هذا القسم."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
 msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص وحدة التخزين المنطقية هذه."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
 msgid "Continue?"
 msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة؟"
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1803,8 +1789,8 @@
 "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بالقسم المحددYaST2.\n"
 "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1814,20 +1800,20 @@
 "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة بواسطةYaST2.\n"
 "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
 msgid "Continue resizing?"
 msgstr "هل تريد متابعة تغيير الحجم؟"
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
 msgstr "لقد قللت حجم قسم بنظام ملفات reiser فيه."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
 msgstr "لقد قللت حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية بنظام ملفات reiser فيه."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1841,13 +1827,12 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد تقليص نظام الملفات الآن؟"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
 msgid ""
 "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
 "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "يحتوي الجهاز المحدد على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n"
@@ -1855,8 +1840,8 @@
 "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف جدول الأقسام.\n"
 "حدد إلغاء إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n"
 
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1870,8 +1855,8 @@
 "الأقسام من مجموعات وحدات التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n"
 " قبل حذف الجهاز.\n"
 
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1885,8 +1870,8 @@
 "الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل\n"
 "حذف الجهاز.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1898,50 +1883,49 @@
 "يُستخدم بواسطة وحدة تخزين أخرى. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين\n"
 "قبل حذف الجهاز.\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
 msgstr "<p>إنشاء وحدات تخزين فرعية وإزالتها من نظام ملفات Btrfs.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط.</p>"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفرعية الموجودة:"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
 msgid "New Subvolume"
 msgstr "وحدة تخزين فرعية جديدة"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
 msgid "Add new"
 msgstr "إضافة جديد"
 
-#. button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
+#. button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
 msgid "Remove"
 msgstr "إزالة"
 
-#. heading text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
+#. heading text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
 msgid "Subvolume Handling"
 msgstr "معالجة وحدة التخزين الفرعية"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
 msgstr "غير مسموح بوجود اسم لوحدة تخزين فرعية فارغة."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
 msgid ""
 "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
 "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1949,16 +1933,16 @@
 "لا يُسمح إلا بأسماء وحدة التخزين الفرعية التي تبدأ بـ \"%1\" حاليًا!\n"
 "سيتم تلقائيًا إضافة \"%1\" إلى بداية اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
 msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية %1 موجود بالفعل."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
 msgstr "سيتم فقد التعديلات التي تم إدخالها في مربع الحوار هذا."
 
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Create an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -1968,8 +1952,8 @@
 "قم بإنشاء نظام الملفات المشفر.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Access an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -1979,8 +1963,8 @@
 "قم بالوصول إلى نظام الملفات المشفر.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -1994,13 +1978,12 @@
 " نظام ملفات آخر من Linux.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
 "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
 "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
 "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
@@ -2009,41 +1992,36 @@
 "<p>\n"
 "نقطة التوصيل هذه تتوافق مع نظام الملفات المؤقتة مثل /tmp أو /var/tmp.\n"
 "إذا تركت كلمة مرور التشفير فارغة، سينشئ \n"
-"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك "
-"ستفقد كافة\n"
+"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد كافة\n"
 "البيانات الموجودة على أنظمة الملفات هذه عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
 "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
 "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
 "enter it twice.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام "
-"الملفات.\n"
-" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة "
-"السر.\n"
+"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام الملفات.\n"
+" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة السر.\n"
 " للتحقق من كتابة كلمة السر بشكل صحيح، \n"
 " أدخلها مرتين.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
 "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
 "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
 "</p>\n"
@@ -2054,8 +2032,8 @@
 " (على سبيل المثال، الأحرف التي تحتوي على لهجات خاصة أو لهجة ألمانية).\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Possible characters are\n"
@@ -2069,10 +2047,10 @@
 "والأحرف (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) والأرقام من <tt>0</tt> إلى <tt>9</tt>.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2082,8 +2060,8 @@
 "احرص على ألا تنسي كلمة السر هذه!\n"
 " </p>"
 
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n"
@@ -2093,25 +2071,22 @@
 "يجب إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
 "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
 "file system is not accessed during update.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>\n"
-"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة "
-"إليه لذلك\n"
-" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد <b>تخطي</b>. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول "
-"إلى \n"
+"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة إليه لذلك\n"
+" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد <b>تخطي</b>. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول إلى \n"
 " نظام الملفات أثناء عملية التحديث.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n"
 "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which  \n"
@@ -2131,7 +2106,7 @@
 "إذا كنت بحاجة لاستخدام هذا القرص في عملية التثبيت، فينبغي التخلص من \n"
 "تسمية القرص في المقسم الخبير.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
 msgid ""
 "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
 "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
@@ -2145,18 +2120,18 @@
 "\n"
 "تحتاج إلى وضع علامات على كل الأقسام بهذا القرص لإزالتها.\n"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
 msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل \"%1\" مع LVM.\n"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
 msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل %1 مع RAID."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
 msgid ""
 "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
 "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2172,8 +2147,8 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
 msgid ""
 "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
 "may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
@@ -2182,41 +2157,39 @@
 "\n"
 "Really do this?\n"
 msgstr ""
-"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام "
-"الملفات\n"
+"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام الملفات\n"
 "قد يحتوي على ملفات قد تحتاجها للتنفيذ.\n"
 "\n"
 "وهذا عادة يؤدي إلى حدوث مشاكل.\n"
 "\n"
 " هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n"
 
-#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
-#. @param mount mount point
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
+#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
+#. @param mount mount point
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
 msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
 msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل نقطة التوصيل فارغًا."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
 msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي أجهزة التبديل على برنامج تبديل يتم استخدامه كنقطة توصيل."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل."
+msgstr "قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل."
 
-#. && mount!="swap" )
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
+#. && mount!="swap" )
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
 msgstr "نقطة التوصيل هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
 msgid ""
 "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
 "This is not possible."
@@ -2224,15 +2197,13 @@
 "نظام الملفات FAT مستخدم لنقاط توصيل النظام (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
 "هذا غير ممكن."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل."
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr "الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
 msgid ""
 "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
 "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2242,13 +2213,13 @@
 "/bin، /dev، /etc، /lib، /lib64، /lost+found، /mnt، /proc، /sbin، /sys،\n"
 "/var/adm/mnt\n"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
 msgstr "يجب أن تبدأ نقطة التوصيل الخاصة بك بالتالي \"/\""
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
 msgid ""
 "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
 "to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2256,10 +2227,10 @@
 "لا يُسمح بتعيين تبديل نقطة التبديل\n"
 "لجهاز ما بدون نظام ملفات تبديل."
 
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
-#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
 msgid ""
 "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
 "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
@@ -2269,8 +2240,8 @@
 "الحجم الذي أدخلته (بعد التقريب) هو %2.\n"
 "الخد الأدنى لنظام الملف هو %3.\n"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
 msgid ""
 "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
 "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2278,8 +2249,8 @@
 "غير مسموح بتخصيص نقطة توصيل\n"
 "إلى أحد الأجهزة بنظام ملفات غير موجود أو غير معروف."
 
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "WARNING:\n"
@@ -2301,30 +2272,29 @@
 "\n"
 " هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام نظام الملفات هذا؟\n"
 
-#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
+#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. modify map new
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
 msgstr "تم توصيل نظام الملفات حاليًا على %1."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
-"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء "
-"الأمر.\n"
+"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء الأمر.\n"
 "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به."
 
-#. button text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#. button text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
 msgid "Unmount"
 msgstr "إلغاء التوصيل"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2332,75 +2302,75 @@
 "يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو إلغاء الأمر.\n"
 "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "لا يمكن تمديد نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "لا يمكن تغيير حجم نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا."
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
 msgid "Rescan Devices"
 msgstr "إعادة فحص الأجهزة"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
 msgid "Import Mount Points..."
 msgstr "استيراد نقطة التوصيل..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
 msgstr "توفير كلمات مرور Crypt..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
 msgstr "تكوين iSCSI..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
 msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
 msgstr "تكوين FCoE..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
 msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
 msgstr "تكوين متعدد المسارات..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
 msgid "Configure &DASD..."
 msgstr "تكوين DASD..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
 msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
 msgstr "تكوين zFCP..."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
 msgstr "تكوين XPRAM..."
 
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
 msgid "Configure..."
 msgstr "تكوين..."
 
-#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
+#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
 msgid "Available Storage on %1"
 msgstr "السعة التخزينية المتوفر في %1"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
 "available.</p>"
@@ -2408,8 +2378,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة أجهزة التخزين\n"
 "المتوفرة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
 msgid ""
 "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
 "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2419,8 +2389,8 @@
 "يمكنك التنقل إلى العرض الذي يحتوي على معلومات مفصلة حول\n"
 "الجهاز.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
 msgid ""
 "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
 "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2428,8 +2398,8 @@
 "<p>بتحديد أحد إدخالات الجدول\n"
 "يمكنك الانتقال إلى طريقة العرض بمعلومات تفصيلية حول الجهاز.</p>"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
 msgid ""
 "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2437,8 +2407,8 @@
 "يؤدي إعادة فحص الأقراص إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأقراص؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
 msgid ""
 "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2446,8 +2416,8 @@
 "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين iSCSI إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين iSCSI؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
 msgid ""
 "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call FCoE configuration?"
@@ -2455,10 +2425,10 @@
 "يلغي استدعاء تكوين FCoE كل التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين FCoE؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
 msgid ""
 "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call multipath configuration?\n"
@@ -2466,8 +2436,8 @@
 "تعمل استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالتأكيد استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
 msgid ""
 "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2475,8 +2445,8 @@
 "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين DASD إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين DASD؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
 msgid ""
 "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2484,8 +2454,8 @@
 "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين zFCP إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين zFCP؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
 msgid ""
 "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
 "Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2493,50 +2463,50 @@
 "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين XPRAM إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين XPRAM؟"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1"
 msgstr "تحرير Btrfs %1"
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
 msgid "Select at least one device."
 msgstr "حدد جهازًا واحدًا على الأقل."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تغيير الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل وحدة التخزين Btrfs.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
 msgid "Unused Devices:"
 msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة:"
 
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
 msgid "Selected Devices:"
 msgstr "الأجهزة المحددة"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1"
 msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدات التخزين Btrfs %1"
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
 msgid "No Btrfs device selected."
 msgstr "لا يوجد جهاز Btrfs محدد."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
 msgid ""
 "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -2544,178 +2514,174 @@
 "Btrfs %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n"
 "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه."
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices."
 msgstr "فشلت إزالة بعض الأجهزة الفعلية."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
- src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "تحرير"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
- src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
 msgid "Delete"
 msgstr "حذف"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
 msgid "Btrfs Volumes"
 msgstr "وحدات تخزين Btrfs"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
 msgid "Edit..."
 msgstr "تحرير..."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
 msgid "Delete..."
 msgstr "حذف..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين Btrfs.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2723,8 +2689,8 @@
 "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n"
 "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
 "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2732,74 +2698,72 @@
 "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل\n"
 "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.</p>\n"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1"
 msgstr "أجهزة Btrfs: %1"
 
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
 msgid "&Overview"
 msgstr "عرض"
 
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
 msgid "&Used Devices"
 msgstr "الأجهزة المستخدمة"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>اختر دور الجهاز.</p>"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
 msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
 msgstr "قسم تمهيد EFI"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
 msgid "Operating System"
 msgstr "نظام التشغيل"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
 msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
 msgstr "تطبيقات ISV والبيانات"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
 msgid "Swap"
 msgstr "تبديل"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
 msgstr "وحدة تخزين ثنائية النوع (بدون تنسيق)"
 
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
 msgid "Role"
 msgstr "الدور"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
 msgid ""
 "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
 "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2807,21 +2771,19 @@
 "<p>أولاً، قم باختيار ما إذا كان يجب تنسيق القسم\n"
 "ونوع نظام الملفات المطلوب.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
 msgid ""
 "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
 "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>إذا كنت تريد تشفير كافة البيانات\n"
-"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على "
-"وحدة تخزين \n"
+"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على وحدة تخزين \n"
 "موجودة على حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
 msgid ""
 "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
 "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2829,49 +2791,48 @@
 "<p>ثم اختر توصيل القسم أم لا\n"
 "وأدخل نقطة التوصيل (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
 
-#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
+#. set globals
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
 msgid "Formatting Options"
 msgstr "خيارات التنسيق"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
 msgid "Format partition"
 msgstr "تنسيق القسم"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
 msgid "Do not format partition"
 msgstr "عدم تنسيق القسم"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
 msgid "Do not mount partition"
 msgstr "عدم توصيل القسم"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
 msgid "Mounting Options"
 msgstr "خيارات التوصيل"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
 msgid "Mount partition"
 msgstr "قسم التوصيل"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
 msgid "Mount Point"
 msgstr "نقطة التوصيل"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
 msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
 msgstr "خيارات Fstab..."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
 msgstr "يجب تشفير ملفات التشفير."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
 msgid ""
 "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
 "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2883,18 +2844,18 @@
 "\n"
 "تحقق أيضًا من خيار التنسيق.\n"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
 msgstr "تتطلب ملفات التشفير نقطة توصيل."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
 msgstr "تتطلب Tmpfs نقطة توصيل."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2908,8 +2869,8 @@
 "نظام ملفات آخر منLinux.\n"
 "</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2923,21 +2884,21 @@
 "(تعليق القرص).\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
 msgstr "سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة مسبقاً على وحدة التخزين!"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "كلمة السر"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
 msgstr "لا يدعم الجهاز الأساسي تغيير الحجم."
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2947,7 +2908,7 @@
 "لا يمكن إعادة تغيير القسم المحدد نظرًا لأن نظام الملفات\n"
 " على هذا القسم لا يدعم تغيير الحجم.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
 msgid ""
 "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
 "can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2955,8 +2916,8 @@
 "لا يمكن التحقق من إمكانية تغيير \n"
 "حجم NTFS أثناء توصيله."
 
-#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
+#. FIXME: Really?
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
 msgid ""
 "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
 "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2964,79 +2925,79 @@
 "القسم %1 لا يمكن تغيير حجمه\n"
 "نظرًا لعدم تناسق نظام الملفات.\n"
 
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
 msgid "Resize Partition %1"
 msgstr "تغيير حجم القسم %1"
 
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
 msgstr "إعادة تغيير حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية %1"
 
-#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
+#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
 msgid "Current size: %1"
 msgstr "الحجم الحالي: %1"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
 msgid "Currently used: %1"
 msgstr "مستخدم حاليًا: %1"
 
-#. frame heading
-#. input field label
-#. combo box label
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
+#. frame heading
+#. input field label
+#. combo box label
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
 msgid "Size"
 msgstr "الحجم"
 
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم (%1)"
 
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "الحد الأدنى للحجم (%1)"
 
-#. radio button text
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
+#. radio button text
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
 msgid "Custom Size"
 msgstr "الحجم المخصص"
 
-#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
+#. help text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>اختر حجمًا جديدًا.</p>"
 
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
 msgstr "الحجم الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح. أدخل حجمًا بين %1 و%2."
 
-#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
-#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
-#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
-#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
+#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
+#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
+#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
+#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
 msgid ""
 "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
 "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3048,28 +3009,28 @@
 "النظر في إلغاء توصيل نظام الملفات، مما سيزيد من سرعة\n"
 "تغيير الحجم كثيرًا."
 
-#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
+#. label for log view
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
 msgid "Output of %1"
 msgstr "مخرجات %1"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
 msgid "Rescanning disks..."
 msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة فحص الأقراص..."
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
 msgid "Edit DM %1"
 msgstr "تحرير معيِّن الجهاز %1"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
 msgid "No DM device selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أجهزة DM."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
 msgid ""
 "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3077,13 +3038,13 @@
 "معيِّن الجهاز %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n"
 "تحريره. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه."
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)"
 msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز (DM)"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n"
 "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n"
@@ -3093,8 +3054,8 @@
 "في بعض طرق العرض الأخرى. لذلك الأقراص متعددة المسارات،\n"
 "وحداتBIOS RAID ووحدات التخزين المنطقية LVM لا ترد هنا.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3102,8 +3063,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n"
 "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
 "selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3111,185 +3072,185 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة \n"
 "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد.</p>"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
 msgid "DM Device: %1"
 msgstr "جهاز DM: %1"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-graph.rb
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-graph.rb
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
 msgid "Add RAID"
 msgstr "إضافة RAID"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
 msgid "Add Volume Group"
 msgstr "إضافة مجموعة وحدة التخزين"
 
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
 msgid "Device Graph"
 msgstr "رسم بياني للجهاز"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
 msgid "Save Device Graph..."
 msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للجهاز..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسم الأجهزة.</p>"
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
 msgid "Saving graph file failed."
 msgstr "فشل حفظ ملف الرسم البياني."
 
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
 msgid "Mount Graph"
 msgstr "الرسم البياني للتوصيل"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
 msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
 msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للتوصيل..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسمًا بيانيًا لنقاط التوصيل.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>اختر نوع القسم للقسم الجديد.</p>"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
 msgid "&Primary Partition"
 msgstr "قسم رئيسي"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
 msgid "&Extended Partition"
 msgstr "قسم موسع"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
 msgid "&Logical Partition"
 msgstr "قسم منطقي"
 
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
 msgid "New Partition Type"
 msgstr "نوع القسم الجديد"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>اختر حجم القسم الجديد.</p>"
 
-#. frame heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
+#. frame heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
 msgid "New Partition Size"
 msgstr "حجم القسم الجديد"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
 msgid "Custom Region"
 msgstr "منطقة مخصصة"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
 msgid "Start Cylinder"
 msgstr "أسطوانة البداية"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
 msgid "End Cylinder"
 msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
 msgid "The region entered is invalid."
 msgstr "المنطقة التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة."
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
 msgid "Add Partition on %1"
 msgstr "إضافة قسم في %1"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
 msgid "Edit Partition %1"
 msgstr "تحرير قسم %1"
 
-#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
+#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
 msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
 msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة للقسم المنقول %1."
 
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
 msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للأمام؟"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
 msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للخلف؟"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
 msgid "Move partition %1?"
 msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1؟"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
 msgid "Forward"
 msgstr "إعادة توجيه"
 
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
 msgid "Backward"
 msgstr "توجيه للخلف"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
 msgstr "قم بالتأكيد على حذف جميع الأقسام"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
 msgid ""
 "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
 "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3297,83 +3258,82 @@
 "يحتوي القرص \"%1\" على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n"
 "إذا أردت المتابعة، سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية:"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على \"%1\"؟"
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
 msgid "No hard disk selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص صلب."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
 msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء جدول الأقسام على DASD بتنسيق LDL."
 
-#. error popup
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234
+#. error popup
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234
 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
 msgstr "القرص قيد الاستخدام ويتعذر تعديله."
 
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
 msgstr "حدد جدول الأقسام الجديدة لـ %1."
 
-#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
+#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
 msgid ""
 "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
 "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
 msgstr ""
 "هل تريد بالفعل إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة في %1؟ سوف يؤدي ذلك\n"
-" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في "
-"%1."
+" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في %1."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
 msgid "No disk selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص."
 
-#. popup text
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
+#. popup text
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مصفوفة RAID لـ BIOS %1؟"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف RAID %1 المقسم؟"
 
-#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
+#. error ppup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
 msgstr "لا يوجد أي أقسام للحذف على هذا القرص."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
 msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء قسم على %1."
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
 msgid "No partition selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قسم."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3381,13 +3341,13 @@
 "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n"
 "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
 msgstr "لا يمكن تحرير أي قسم موسع."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
 "and cannot be moved."
@@ -3395,13 +3355,13 @@
 "يتم إنشاء القسم %1 بالفعل على القرص\n"
 "ولا يمكن نقله."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
 msgstr "لا يمكن نقل أي قسم موسع."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3409,13 +3369,13 @@
 "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n"
 "تغيير حجمه. ولتغيير حجمه %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
 msgstr "لا يمكن تغير حجم أي قسم موسع."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
 "that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3431,7 +3391,7 @@
 "أكثر من الأقسام. بعد الاستنساخ، سيتم\n"
 "حذف هذه الأقسام.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
 msgid ""
 "The following partitions will be deleted\n"
 "and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3439,11 +3399,11 @@
 "سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية\n"
 "وستضيع كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها:"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
 msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
 msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف هذه الأقسام؟"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
 msgid ""
 "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
 "disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3453,7 +3413,7 @@
 "يجب أن تحتوي على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n"
 "قم بإنشاء أقسام قبل استنساخ القرص.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
 msgid ""
 "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
 "disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3461,20 +3421,20 @@
 "يتعذر استنساخ هذا القرص. لا توجد أقراص مناسبة\n"
 "من المحتمل أن تحتوي على تخطيط التقسيم نفسه."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
 msgstr "استنساخ تخطيط قسم %1"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
 msgid "Available target disks:"
 msgstr "الأقراص الهدف المتاحة:"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
 msgstr "حدد قرص مستهدف لإنشاء استنساخ"
 
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
 msgid ""
 "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
 "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3482,8 +3442,8 @@
 "تشغيل أمر dasdfmt يقوم بحذف كافة البيانات من القرص.\n"
 "هل ترغب حقًا في تشغيل أمر dasdfmt على القرص %1؟\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
 msgid ""
 "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -3495,58 +3455,58 @@
 " يتم عرض الأقسام الموجودة حالياً على هذا القرص\n"
 " مرة أخرى.\n"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
 msgid "Add Partition"
 msgstr "إضافة قسم"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
 msgid "Move"
 msgstr "نقل"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
 msgid "Resize"
 msgstr "إعادة تحجيم"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
 msgid "Move..."
 msgstr "جارٍ النقل..."
 
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
 msgid "Resize..."
 msgstr "تغيير الحجم..."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
 msgid ""
 "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
 "devices cannot be moved."
@@ -3554,8 +3514,8 @@
 "لا يمكن تحريك الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n"
 "متعددة المسارات."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
 msgid ""
 "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
 "devices cannot be resized."
@@ -3563,19 +3523,19 @@
 "لا يمكن تغيير حجم الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n"
 "متعددة المسارات."
 
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
 msgid "Hard Disks"
 msgstr "الأقراص الصلبة"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
 msgid "Add Partition..."
 msgstr "جارٍ إضافة قسم..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n"
 "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -3583,18 +3543,18 @@
 "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأقراص الثابتة بما في ذلك\n"
 "أقراص iSCSI ووحدات BIOS RAID والأقراص متعدد المسارات وأيضاً الأقسام.</p>\n"
 
-#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
+#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..."
 msgstr "اختبار الحماية (SMART)..."
 
-#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
+#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..."
 msgstr "الخصائص (hdparm)..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected hard disk.</p>"
@@ -3602,45 +3562,45 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n"
 "القرص الصلب المحدد.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk."
 msgstr "SMART غير متوفر لهذا القرص."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk."
 msgstr "hdparm غير متوفر لهذا القرص."
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
 msgid "Create New Partition Table"
 msgstr "إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة"
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
 msgid "Clone this Disk"
 msgstr "استنساخ هذا القرص"
 
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device"
 msgstr "تنفيذ أمر dasdfmt على جهاز DASD"
 
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
 msgid "Add..."
 msgstr "إضافة..."
 
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
 msgid "Expert..."
 msgstr "خبير..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n"
 "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n"
@@ -3650,35 +3610,34 @@
 "إذا كان القرص مستخدم بواسطة BIOS RAID على سبيل المثال أو متعدد المسارات لن\n"
 "تعرض أقسام هنا.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
 "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n"
 "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة بواسطة\n"
-"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID "
-"البرمجية\n"
+"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID البرمجية\n"
 "المقسمة والأقراص متعددة المسارات.</p>\n"
 
-#. tab heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
+#. tab heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
 msgid "&Partitions"
 msgstr "الأقسام"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
 msgid "Hard Disk: %1"
 msgstr "القرص الصلب: %1"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
 msgid "Partition: %1"
 msgstr "القسم: %1"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected partition.</p>"
@@ -3686,8 +3645,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n"
 "القسم المحدد.</p>"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
 msgid ""
 "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
 "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
@@ -3697,8 +3656,8 @@
 "Linux الحالية مع نقاط توصيل. ويبين الجدول\n"
 "نقاط التوصيل القديمة.</p>\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n"
 "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n"
@@ -3706,52 +3665,51 @@
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكنك اختيار ما إذا كانت وحدات تخزين\n"
 "النظام الموجود مثل / و/usr، سيتم تنسيقها أثناء\n"
-"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</"
-"p>"
+"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</p>"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected."
 msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي نظام سابق بنقاط توصيل."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
 msgid "Show &Previous"
 msgstr "إظهار السابق"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
 msgid "Show &Next"
 msgstr "إظهار التالي"
 
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:"
 msgstr "استيراد نقاط التوصيل من النظام القائم:"
 
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
 msgid "Format System Volumes"
 msgstr "تهيئة وحدات تخزين النظام"
 
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
 msgid "Import"
 msgstr "استيراد"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:"
 msgstr "تحتوي علامة التبويب الموجودة في /etc/fs في %1 على:"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
 msgid "Wrong Password Provided."
 msgstr "تم إدخال كلمة مرور خاطئة."
 
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
 msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة LVM"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
 msgid ""
 "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
 "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3761,15 +3719,15 @@
 "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم حذف مجموعة أجهزة التخزين التالية\n"
 "وكذلك وحدات التخزين المنطقية فيها:\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
 msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" ومجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%2\" الآن؟"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
 msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة RAID"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
 msgid ""
 "The selected partition belongs to RAID  \"%1\".\n"
 "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3779,24 +3737,24 @@
 "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم\n"
 "حذف أجهزة RAID التالية:\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
 msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" وRAID \"%2\" الآن؟"
 
-#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
+#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على %1؟"
 
-#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. now delete partition!!
-#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
+#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. now delete partition!!
+#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
 msgid "Really delete %1?"
 msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف %1؟"
 
-#. YesNo popup.  %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
+#. YesNo popup.  %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3804,59 +3762,58 @@
 "\n"
 "هل ينبغي إزالة %1 ملف السلسلة أيضًا؟\n"
 
-#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
-#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
+#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
+#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
 msgid "Unpartitioned"
 msgstr "غير مقسم"
 
-#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
-#. or the end of the disk if
-#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
-#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
+#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
+#. or the end of the disk if
+#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
+#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
 msgid "Unallocated"
 msgstr "غير مخصص"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>لا يوجد أي تغييرات للتقسيم.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تغييرات على التقسيم:</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>لا يوجد تغييرات لإعدادات التخزين.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>إعدادات التخزين:</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها:<p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>لا توجد حزم مطلوب تثبيتها.<p>"
 
-#. TODO
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
+#. TODO
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
 msgid ""
 "\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
 "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b>اسم مسار ملف السلسلة:</b><br>يجب أن يكون هذا مسارًا مطلقًا للملف الذي\n"
 " يحتوي على بيانات جهاز تسلسل مشفر للإعداد.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
@@ -3868,8 +3825,8 @@
 "بالحجم الموجود في الحقل التالي.<b>ملاحظة:</b>إذا كان الملف\n"
 " موجودًا بالفعل، فسيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة به.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file.  The file system\n"
@@ -3879,8 +3836,8 @@
 "<p><b>الحجم:</b><br>هذا هو حجم ملف الحلقة.  سيكون نظام الملفات\n"
 "الذي تم إنشاؤه في جهاز الحلقة المشفرة بهذا الحجم.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n"
@@ -3894,23 +3851,23 @@
 "سيتم إنشاؤه في نهاية التثبيت. الرجاء الحذر\n"
 "عند إدخال الحجم واسم المسار.</p>\n"
 
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
 msgid "Path Name of Loop File"
 msgstr "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
 msgid "Browse..."
 msgstr "استعراض..."
 
-#. check box text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
+#. check box text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
 msgid "Create Loop File"
 msgstr "إنشاء ملف سلسلة"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
 msgid ""
 "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n"
 "Use an absolute path name.\n"
@@ -3918,13 +3875,13 @@
 "اسم الملف \"%1\" غير صالح.\n"
 "استخدم اسم المسار المطلق.\n"
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1."
 msgstr "الحجم الذي أدخلته غير صحيح. أدخل حجمًا يساوي %1 على الأقل."
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
 msgid ""
 "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n"
 "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n"
@@ -3934,47 +3891,47 @@
 "وعلامة الإنشاء في وضع إيقاف التشغيل. قم باستخدام ملف موجود أو قم بتنشيط\n"
 " إشارة الإنشاء."
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
 msgid "Add Crypt File"
 msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
 msgstr "تحرير الملف المشفر %1"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
 msgid "No crypt file selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف مشفر."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
 msgid ""
 "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3982,30 +3939,30 @@
 "الملف المشفر %1 قيد الاستخدام. لذلك يتعذر\n"
 "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم."
 
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
 msgid "Crypt Files"
 msgstr "الملفات المشفرة"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
 msgid "Add Crypt File..."
 msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الملفات المشفرة.</p>"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
 msgid "Crypt File: %1"
 msgstr "الملف المشفر: %1"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n"
 "selected crypt file.</p>"
@@ -4013,38 +3970,37 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n"
 "للملف المشفر المحدد.</p>"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group."
 msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لمجموعة وحدات التخزين."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters."
 msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين أكبر من 128 حرفًا."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"."
 msgstr "يجب أن يبدأ اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالحرف \"-\"."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
 msgid ""
 "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
 "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
 msgstr ""
-"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح "
-"بها\n"
+"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n"
 "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists."
 msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
 msgid ""
 "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n"
 "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n"
@@ -4052,13 +4008,13 @@
 "مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالاسم \"%1\" تتعارض\n"
 "مع إدخال آخر في الدليل /dev.\n"
 
-#. pop-up dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
+#. pop-up dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group"
 msgstr "التأكيد على حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين"
 
-#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
+#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
 msgid ""
 "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n"
 "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n"
@@ -4068,15 +4024,13 @@
 "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم إلغاء توصيل وحدات التخزين التالية (إذا كانت موصلة)\n"
 "وحذفها:"
 
-#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
+#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية "
-"المرتبطة بها؟"
+msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية المرتبطة بها؟"
 
-#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
+#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
 msgid ""
 "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
 "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
@@ -4084,28 +4038,27 @@
 "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة. أدخل حجم نطاق فعلي أكبر من %1\n"
 "من مضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"%2\" أو \"%3\""
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume."
 msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لوحدة التخزين المنطقية."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters."
 msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية تحتوي على أحرف يزيد عددها عن 128 حرفًا."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
 msgid ""
 "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
 "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
 msgstr ""
-"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح "
-"بها\n"
+"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n"
 "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"."
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
 msgid ""
 "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n"
 "in volume group \"%2\"."
@@ -4113,58 +4066,56 @@
 "وحدة التخزين المنطقية بالاسم \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل\n"
 "في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%2\"."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>أدخل الاسم وحجم النطاق الفعلي لمجموعة وحدة التخزين الجديدة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها.</p>"
 
-#. label for input field
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
+#. label for input field
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
 msgid "Volume Group Name"
 msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين"
 
-#. label for combo box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
+#. label for combo box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
 msgid "&Physical Extent Size"
 msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي"
 
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المتوفرة:"
 
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المحددة:"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>قم بتغيير الأجهزة المُستخدمة لمجموعة وحدة التخزين.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
 "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>أدخل حجمًا بالإضافة إلى عدد تقسيمات وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة\n"
 "وحجمها. لا يمكن أن يكون عدد التقسيمات\n"
 " أكبر من عدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية لمجموعة وحدات التخزين.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
 msgid ""
 "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n"
 "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n"
@@ -4177,168 +4128,159 @@
 "باستخدام حجم وحدة التخزين العشوائي. المساحة المطلوبة يتم تحديها من \n"
 "قبل <b>التجمع الرقيق المعين</b>. لذلك يمكنك إنشاء جهاز تخزين رقيق بحجم أكبر\n"
 "من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على وحدات\n"
-"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا "
-"الطلب.\n"
+"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا الطلب.\n"
 "لا يمكن أن تحتوي وحدات التجمع الرقيقة عد شريطي."
 
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
 msgid "Stripes"
 msgstr "الشرائح"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
 msgid "Number"
 msgstr "الرقم"
 
-#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
+#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2"
 msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية %1 إلى %2"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1"
 msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدة التخزين %1"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>أدخل اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
 "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقي كوحدة <b>حجم عادي</b>.\n"
-"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين "
-"قبل وجود ميزة <b>التوفير الرقيق</b> .\n"
+"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين قبل وجود ميزة <b>التوفير الرقيق</b> .\n"
 "إذا كنت غير متأكد فهذا هو على الأرجح الاختيار المناسب</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.\n"
-"وهذا يعني أن <b>جهاز التخزين الرقيق</b> يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب "
-"الطلب من هذا المجمع.</p>"
+"وهذا يعني أن <b>جهاز التخزين الرقيق</b> يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب الطلب من هذا المجمع.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه <b>تجمع رقيق</b>.\n"
-"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.</"
-"p>"
+"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.</p>"
 
-#. heading for frame
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
+#. heading for frame
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "الاسم"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
 msgid "Logical Volume"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين المنطقية"
 
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "النوع"
 
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
 msgid "Normal Volume"
 msgstr "الحجم العادي"
 
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
 msgid "Thin Pool"
 msgstr "التجمع الرقيق"
 
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
 msgid "Thin Volume"
 msgstr "جهاز تخزين رقيق"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
 msgid "Used Pool"
 msgstr "التجمع المستخدم"
 
-#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
+#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
 msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية في %1"
 
-#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
+#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
 msgstr "تحرير وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1 على %2"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
 msgid ""
 "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
 "\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
 "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء مجموعة وحدة تخزين.\n"
 "\n"
-"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) "
-"أو جهاز \n"
+"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو جهاز \n"
 "RAIDغير مستخدم. قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك."
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
 msgid "No volume group selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مجموعة وحدة تخزين."
 
-#. empty VG - simple
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
+#. empty VG - simple
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?"
 msgstr "هل ترغب حقًا في إزالة مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"؟"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
 msgstr "فشل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\"."
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
 msgid "No logical volume selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية وحدات تخزين منطقية."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"."
 msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة خالية في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
 msgid ""
 "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
 "It cannot be edited."
@@ -4346,8 +4288,8 @@
 "جهاز التخزين %1 عبارة عن تجمع رقيق.\n"
 "لا يمكن تحريره."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
 msgid ""
 "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4355,46 +4297,46 @@
 "وحدة التخزين %1 قيد الاستخدام. يتعذر\n"
 "تحريرها. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامها."
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
 msgid "Add Logical Volume"
 msgstr "إضافة وحدات تخزين منطقية"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
 msgid "Volume Group"
 msgstr "مجموعة وحدات التخزين"
 
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
 msgid "Volume Management"
 msgstr "إدارة وحدات التخزين"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n"
 "their logical volumes.</p>"
@@ -4402,8 +4344,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة مجموعات وحدة تخزين الخاصة بـ LVM\n"
 "ووحدات التخزين المنطقية الخاصة بها.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4411,8 +4353,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n"
 "حول مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n"
 "selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4420,8 +4362,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين المنطقية\n"
 "الخاصة بمجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n"
 "the selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4429,28 +4371,28 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي تستخدمها\n"
 "مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
 msgid "Volume Group: %1"
 msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين: %1"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
 msgid "&Logical Volumes"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين المنطقية"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
 msgid "&Physical Volumes"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
 msgid "Logical Volume: %1"
 msgstr "وحدة التخزين المنطقية: %1"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected logical volume.</p>"
@@ -4458,56 +4400,56 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n"
 "وحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
 msgid "RAID"
 msgstr "RAID"
 
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
 msgid "Device Mapper"
 msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز"
 
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
 msgid "NFS"
 msgstr "بروتوكول NFS"
 
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
 msgid "Btrfs"
 msgstr "Btrfs"
 
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
 msgid "tmpfs"
 msgstr "tmpfs"
 
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
 msgid "Unused Devices"
 msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة"
 
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
 msgid "Installation Summary"
 msgstr "ملخص التثبيت"
 
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "الإعدادات"
 
-#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
+#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
 msgid ""
 "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
 "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -4517,36 +4459,34 @@
 "في حالة الخروج من المقسم باستخدام %1.\n"
 "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>يمكنك هنا الإطلاع على ملخص التقسيم.</p>"
 
-#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
+#. Fullscreen summary of changes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
 msgid ": Summary"
 msgstr ": الملخص"
 
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
 msgid "System View"
 msgstr "طريقة عرض النظام"
 
-#. fallback dialog content
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
+#. fallback dialog content
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
 msgstr "لا يتوفر تكوين NFS. قم بالتحقق من تثبيت حزمة yast2-nfs-client."
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
 msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
 msgstr "نظام ملفات الشبكة (NFS)"
 
-#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
-#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
+#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
+#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
 msgid ""
 "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n"
 "Save it anyway?"
@@ -4554,59 +4494,51 @@
 "فشل توصيل اختبار مشاركة NFS '%1'.\n"
 "هل تريد الحفظ على أي حال؟"
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device."
 msgstr "بالنسبة لـ %1، حدد على الأقل %2 جهاز."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>حدد نوع RAID لمصفوفة RAID الجديدة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> هذا المستوى يعمل على زيادة أداء القرص.\n"
-"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح "
-"عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n"
+"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
 "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>يتحقق في هذا الوضع أفضل تكرار. ويمكن استخدامه\n"
 "مع قرصين أو أكثر. يقوم هذا الوضع بالحفاظ على نسخة متطابقة من كافة البيانات\n"
-"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية "
-"بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n"
+"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n"
 " المستخدمة في هذا النوع من RAID بنفس الحجم تقريبًا.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>يجمع هذا الوضع بين إمكانية إدارة عددًا أكبر من الأقراص\n"
 "مع الحفاظ على بعض التكرار. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع ثلاثة أقراص أو أكثر.\n"
-" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا "
-"فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n"
+" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
 "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
@@ -4616,21 +4548,19 @@
 " لعملية raid. يُعد هذا الأمر اختياريًا. في حالة إدخال الاسم، يتوفر\n"
 "الجهاز كـ <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
 msgid ""
 "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>قم بإضافة أقسام إلى مصفوفة RAID الخاصة بك. وفقًا لنوع\n"
 "RAID، يكون حجم القرص القابل للاستخدام هو مجموع هذه الأقسام (RAID0) أو حجم\n"
 "أصغر قسم (RAID 1) أو (N-1)*أصغر قسم (RAID 5).</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
 msgid ""
 "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
 "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
@@ -4638,86 +4568,80 @@
 "<p>عمومًا، يجب أن تكون الأقسام على مشغلات مختلفة،\n"
 " للحصول على التكرار والأداء الذين ترغب فيهما.</p>\n"
 
-#. heading
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
+#. heading
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
 msgid "RAID Type"
 msgstr "نوع RAID"
 
-#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
+#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
 msgid "RAID &0  (Striping)"
 msgstr "RAID 0  (تقسيم)"
 
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
 msgid "RAID &1  (Mirroring)"
 msgstr "RAID 1  (نسخ)"
 
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
-#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
+#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
 msgid "RAID &5  (Redundant Striping)"
 msgstr "RAID 5  (تقسيم متكرر)"
 
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
 msgid "RAID &6  (Dual Redundant Striping)"
 msgstr "RAID 6 (تقسيم متكرر ثنائي)"
 
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
 msgid "RAID &10  (Mirroring and Striping)"
 msgstr "RAID 10 (نسخ وتقسيم)"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)"
 msgstr "اسم Raid (اختياري)"
 
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
 msgid "Available Devices:"
 msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم الكتلة:</b><br>يعتبر أصغر كتلة \"بسيطة\"\n"
-"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو "
-"128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n"
-"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا "
-"يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.</p>\n"
+"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو 128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n"
+"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
 msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
 msgstr "خوارزمية التكافؤ:"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
 msgid ""
 "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "خوارزمية التكافؤ لاستخدامها مع RAID5/6.\n"
-"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي "
-"تعمل بالتناوب.\n"
+"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل بالتناوب.\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
 msgid ""
 "For further details regarding the parity \n"
 "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
@@ -4725,66 +4649,66 @@
 "لمزيد من التفاصيل بشأن خوارزمية التماثل \n"
 "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
 msgid "Chunk Size"
 msgstr "حجم الكتلة"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
 msgid "Parity &Algorithm"
 msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
 msgid "RAID Options"
 msgstr "خيارات RAID"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>قم بتغيير الأجهزة التي تستخدمها مع RAID.</p>"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
 msgid "Add RAID %1"
 msgstr "إضافة RAID %1"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
 msgid "Resize RAID %1"
 msgstr "تغيير حجم RAID %1"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
 msgid "Edit RAID %1"
 msgstr "تحرير RAID %1"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n"
@@ -4796,22 +4720,22 @@
 "وهذا يعني عادةً أن المجموعة الفرعية لأجهزة raid صغيرة للغاية\n"
 "بحيث لا يمكن معها استخدامraid.\n"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
 msgstr "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء إحدى مصفوفات RAID."
 
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
 msgid "No RAID selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مصفوفة RAID."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4819,8 +4743,8 @@
 "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n"
 "تحريرها. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
 msgid ""
 "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n"
 "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again."
@@ -4828,8 +4752,8 @@
 "توحد مصفوفة RAID %1 بالفعل على القرص. لا يمكن\n"
 "تغيير %1، لذلك قم بإزالته ثم إنشائه مرة أخرى."
 
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
 msgid ""
 "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4837,18 +4761,18 @@
 "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n"
 "تغيير حجمها. ولتغيير حجم %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم."
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
 msgid "Add RAID..."
 msgstr "إضافة RAID..."
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تعرض طريقة العرض هذه جميع وحدات RAID عدا وحدات BIOS RAID.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4856,8 +4780,8 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n"
 "RAID المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
 "selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4865,130 +4789,123 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة التي تستخدمها\n"
 "RAID المحددة.</p>"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
 msgid "RAID: %1"
 msgstr "RAID: %1"
 
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
 msgid "Label"
 msgstr "التسمية"
 
-#. list entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#. list entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
 msgid "UUID"
 msgstr "UUID"
 
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
 msgid "Mount by"
 msgstr "موصل بواسطة"
 
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
 msgid "Used by"
 msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة"
 
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
 msgid "BIOS ID"
 msgstr "معرف BIOS"
 
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
 msgid "Cylinder information"
 msgstr "معلومات الأسطوانة"
 
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
 msgid "Fibre Channel information"
 msgstr "معلومات قناة الألياف الصناعية"
 
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
 msgid "Encryption"
 msgstr "التشفير"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
 msgid "Device Name"
 msgstr "اسم الجهاز"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
 msgid "Volume Label"
 msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
 msgid "Device ID"
 msgstr "معرف الجهاز"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
 msgid "Device Path"
 msgstr "مسار الجهاز"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
 msgid "Optimal"
 msgstr "الأمثل"
 
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
 msgid "Cylinder"
 msgstr "أسطوانة"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
 msgid "Default Mount by"
 msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
 msgid "Default File System"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
 msgstr "محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا"
 
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
 msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
 msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب"
 
-#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
+#. multi selection box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
 msgstr "المعلومات الظاهرة على أجهزة التخزين"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows general storage\n"
 "settings:</p>"
@@ -4996,28 +4913,25 @@
 "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه إعدادات\n"
 "التخزين العامة:</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
 "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
 "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
 "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>التوصيل الافتراضي حسب</b> يعمل على توفير أسلوب التوصيل لنظم \n"
 "الملفات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا. <i>اسم الجهاز</i> يستخدم اسم جهاز النواة \n"
 "غير المستمرة. <i>معرف الجهاز</i>و \n"
 "<i>مسار الجهاز</i>\n"
-"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن "
-"تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا <i>UUID</i> و\n"
+"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا <i>UUID</i> و\n"
 "<i>تسمية وحدة التخزين</i> استخدم أنظمة الملفات UUID والتسمية.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
 "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5025,24 +4939,21 @@
 "<p><b>نظام الملفات الافتراضي</b> يوفر نوع نظام الملفات\n"
 "للملف الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثا.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
 "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
 "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يحدد <b>المحاذاة للأقسام المنشأة حديثًا</b>\n"
-"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. <b>الأسطوانة</b> عبارة عن "
-"المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n"
+"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. <b>الأسطوانة</b> عبارة عن المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n"
 "محاذاة الأقسام للحصول على أفضل أداء وفقا لتلميحات المقدمة من نواة Linux \n"
 "أو يحاول الاتساق مع نظام التشغيل Windows Vista وWin 7.</p>\n"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
 "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -5050,8 +4961,8 @@
 "يتحكم <p><b>إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب</b> في\n"
 "الاسم المعروض للأقراص الصلبة في هيكل التنقل.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
 "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5059,23 +4970,23 @@
 "يسمح <p><b>المعلومات المرئية\n"
 "في أجهزة التخزين</b> بإخفاء المعلومات في الجداول والنظرة العامة.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه ملخص التثبيت.</p>"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
 msgstr "إضافة توصيل وحدات tmpfs"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
 msgid "No tmpfs device selected."
 msgstr "لم يتم تحديد جهاز tmpfs محدد."
 
-#. YesNo popup.  %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
+#. YesNo popup.  %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1"
@@ -5083,18 +4994,18 @@
 "\n"
 "هل تريد بالفعل حذف tmpfs الموصلة إلى %1"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
 msgid "tmpfs Volumes"
 msgstr "وحدات التخزين Tmpfs"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين tmpfs.</p>"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
 "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -5102,18 +5013,18 @@
 "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n"
 "وحدة تخزين tmpfs المحددة.</p>\n"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1"
 msgstr "tmpfs موصلة في %1"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
 msgid "Rescan"
 msgstr "إعادة فحص"
 
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
 msgid ""
 "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n"
 "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n"
@@ -5123,8 +5034,8 @@
 "نقطة توصيل لها والأقراص التي لم يتم تقسيمها\n"
 "ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي لا تحتوي على وحدات تخزين منطقية.</p>"
 
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
 msgid ""
 "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n"
 "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?"
@@ -5132,30 +5043,30 @@
 "تؤدي إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة\n"
 "إلى إلغاء التغييرات الحالية. هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة؟"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:        ep-main.ycp
-#. Package:     yast2-storage
-#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:        ep-main.ycp
+#. Package:     yast2-storage
+#. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:     Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
 msgid ""
 "A logical volume with the requested size could \n"
 "not be created.\n"
@@ -5163,17 +5074,17 @@
 "لا يمكن إنشاء وحدة تخزين منطقية \n"
 "بالحجم المطلوب.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume."
 msgstr "حاول تصغير عدد تقسيم وحدة التخزين."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes."
 msgstr "يمكنك إزالة وحدات التخزين المنطقية فقط."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
 msgid ""
 "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n"
 "Remove the snapshot first."
@@ -5181,8 +5092,8 @@
 "هناك على الأقل لقطة واحدة نشطة لوحدة التخزين هذه.\n"
 "قم بإزالة اللقطة أولاً."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
 msgid ""
 "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n"
 "Remove the thin volume first."
@@ -5190,100 +5101,100 @@
 "هناك على الأقل واحد من وحدات التخزين الرقيقة يستخدم هذا التجمع.\n"
 "قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين رقيقة أولاً."
 
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?"
 msgstr "هل ترغب في إزالة وحدة التخزين المنطقية%1؟"
 
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
 msgid "Total size: %1"
 msgstr "الحجم الإجمالي: %1"
 
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
 msgid "Resulting size: %1"
 msgstr "الحجم الناتج: %1"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:	DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
-#. Package:	yast2-storage
-#. Summary:	Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#. 
-#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:	DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
+#. Package:	yast2-storage
+#. Summary:	Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#.
+#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
 msgid "Class"
 msgstr "الفئة"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
 msgid "Top"
 msgstr "أعلى"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
 msgid "Up"
 msgstr "أعلى"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
 msgid "Down"
 msgstr "أسفل"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
 msgid "Bottom"
 msgstr "أسفل"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
 msgid "Classify"
 msgstr "مصنّف"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "إضافة"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
 msgid "Add All"
 msgstr "إضافة الكل"
 
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
 msgid "Remove All"
 msgstr "إزالة الكل"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!"
 msgstr "الملف %1 ليس ملف عاديا!"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
 msgid "File %1 is too big!"
 msgstr "الملف %1 كبيرة جداً!"
 
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
 msgid ""
 "Pattern file has invalid format!\n"
 "\n"
@@ -5295,37 +5206,33 @@
 "يجب أن تحتوي الملف على أسطر مع تعبير عادي واسم الفئة لكل\n"
 ". على سبيل المثال:"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:"
 msgstr "الكشف عن نمط الأسطر التالية:"
 
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
 msgstr "هل توافق على مطابقة الأجهزة للفئات بهذه الأنماط؟"
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
 msgid ""
 "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
 "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>هذا الحوار لتعريف فئات أجهزة الغارة\n"
 "التي تحتويها raid. الفئات المتوفرة هي A وB وC وD وE لكن في حالات متعددة\n"
 "قد تحتاج لفئات أقل (A وB فقط على سبيل المثال). </p>"
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl  or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl  or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
 "selected devices into this class.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكنك وضع جهاز في فئة بالنقر بالزر الأيمن على الجهاز واختيار الفئة \n"
@@ -5334,8 +5241,8 @@
 "استخدام الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" إلى \"%2\" لوضع الأجهزة \n"
 "المحددة حاليا في هذه الفئة.</p>"
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
 msgid ""
 "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n"
 "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"."
@@ -5343,8 +5250,8 @@
 "<p>بعد اختيار فئات للأجهزة يمكنك ترتيب الأجهزة \n"
 "عن طريق الضغط على أحد الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" أو \"%2\"."
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
 msgid ""
 "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n"
 "of class B and so on."
@@ -5352,20 +5259,19 @@
 "<b>مصنف</b> يعمل على وضع كافة الأجهزة من فئة A قبل كافة \n"
 "الأجهزة من فئة B وهكذا."
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
 msgid ""
 "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
 "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
 msgstr ""
 "<b>التداخل</b> يستخدم الجهاز الأول من فئة A، ثم أول\n"
 "جهاز من الفئة B، ثم جميع الفئات التالية مع الأجهزة المعينة. ثم \n"
 "الجهاز الثاني من فئة A والجهاز الثاني من الفئة B وهكذا."
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
 msgid ""
 "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n"
 "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
@@ -5375,51 +5281,45 @@
 "عند ترك النافذة المنبثقة يتم استخدام نظام السرد الحالي كترتيب\n"
 "لأجهزة RAID المراد إنشاؤها.</p>"
 
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
 msgid ""
 "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.*  A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.*  A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
 "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
 "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
 "regular expression.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "بالضغط على الزر \"<b>%1</b>\" يمكنك تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على\n"
-"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.*  A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي "
-"تطابق\n"
+"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.*  A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي تطابق\n"
 "التعبير العادي في الفئة على هذا السطر. يتم مطابقة التعبير العادي \n"
 "في مقابل اسم النواة (على سبيل المثال /dev/sda1), \n"
-"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) "
-"ومعرف\n"
+"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) ومعرف\n"
 "udev (مثل/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
 "وأخيراً. يحدد تطابق الفئة الأولى إذا كان اسم الأجهزة يطابق تعبير\n"
 "عادي واحد أكثر.</p>"
 
-#. headline text
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
+#. headline text
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
 msgid "Device"
 msgstr "الجهاز"
 
-#. headline text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
+#. headline text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
 msgid "Pattern File"
 msgstr "نمط الملف"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
 msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
 msgstr "حجم Tmpfs"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
 msgid ""
 "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
 "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5427,35 +5327,33 @@
 "تم تحديد حجم غير صالح. استخدم رقم متبوعًا بـ K أو M أو G أو %.\n"
 "يجب أن تكون القيمة أكبر من 100 كيلو أو بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
 msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة ما بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
 "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز  K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت "
-"أو \n"
+"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز  K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت أو \n"
 "كعدد متبوع بعلامة النسبة المئوية مما يعني نسبة الذاكرة.</p>"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
 msgid "Swap &Priority"
 msgstr "أولوية التبديل"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
 msgstr "يجب أن تتراوح القيمة بين 0 و32767. حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
 "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5463,30 +5361,29 @@
 "<p><b>أولوية التبديل:</b>\n"
 "أدخل أولوية التبديل. الأرقام الكبيرة تدل على أولوية أعلى.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
 msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
 msgstr "توصيل للقراءة فقط"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
 "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>توصيل للقراءة فقط:</b>\n"
 "لا يمكن الكتابة في نظام الملفات. القيمة الافتراضية خطأ. أثناء التثبيت،\n"
 "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات دائمًا للقراءة والكتابة.</p>"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
 msgid "No &Access Time"
 msgstr "لا يوجد وقت وصول"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
 "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5494,13 +5391,13 @@
 "<p><b>لا يوجد وقت للوصول:</b>\n"
 "لم يتم تحديث أوقات الوصول عند قراءة الملف. الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
 msgid "Mountable by User"
 msgstr "قابل للتحميل بواسطة العميل"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
 "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5508,36 +5405,33 @@
 "<p><b>قابلة للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدم:</b>\n"
 "يمكن توصيل نظام الملفات بواسطة مستخدم عادي. الإعداد الافتراضي غير صحيح.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
 msgstr "تجنب التوصيل عند تشغيل النظام"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
 "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
 "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>غير موصل عند تشغيل النظام:</b>\n"
 "لا يتم توصيل نظام الملفات تلقائيًا عند تشغيل النظام.\n"
-"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة "
-"عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
 " (<mount point> هو الدليل الذي يتم توصيل نظام الملفات إليه). \n"
 "الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
 msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
 msgstr "تمكين دعم الحصة النسبية"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
 "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5547,23 +5441,21 @@
 "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالحصص النسبية للمستخدم التي تم تمكينها.\n"
 "الإعداد الافتراضي 'خطأ'.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
 msgstr "وضع استرجاع البيانات:"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
 "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
 "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
 "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
 "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>وضع يوميات البيانات:</b>\n"
 "يحدد صيغة العمل اليومية لملفات البيانات.\n"
@@ -5571,16 +5463,15 @@
 "كتابتها في نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى.<br>\n"
 "<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية\n"
 "قبل أن يتم كتابة بيانات التعريف لليومية. تأثير الأداء المتوسط.<br>\n"
-"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</"
-"p>\n"
+"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
 msgstr "قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL)"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
 "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5588,13 +5479,13 @@
 "<p><b>قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL):</b>\n"
 "تمكين قوائم التحكم بالوصول في ملفات النظام.</p>\n"
 
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
 msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
 msgstr "سمات موسعة للمستخدم"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
 "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5602,39 +5493,33 @@
 "<p><b>سمات موسعة للمستخدم:</b>\n"
 "السماح بالسمات الموسعة للمستخدم على ملفات النظام.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
 msgstr "قيمة خيار عشوائي"
 
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات "
-"التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى."
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
 "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>قيمة خيار عشوائي:</b>\n"
-"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /etc/fstab.\n"
 " يتم الفصل بين الخيارات المتعددة عن طريق فواصل.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
 msgid "Char&set for file names"
 msgstr "مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
 "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5642,66 +5527,60 @@
 "<p><b>مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات:</b>\n"
 "تعيين مجموعة الأحرف المستخدمة لعرض أسماء الملفات في قسم Windows.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
 msgstr "صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة:</b>\n"
-"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام "
-"FAT.</p>\n"
+"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام FAT.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
 msgid "Number of &FATs"
 msgstr "رقم FATs"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>رقم FATs:</b>\n"
 "تحديد رقم جداول تعيين الملفات في ملفات النظام. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 2.</p>"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
 msgid "FAT &Size"
 msgstr "حجم FAT"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم FAT:</b>\n"
-"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده "
-"تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
+"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
 msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
 msgstr "إدخالات الدليل الجذر"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
 msgstr "الحد الأدنى لحجم \"إدخالات مجلد الجذر\" هو 112. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة."
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
 "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5709,69 +5588,58 @@
 "<p><b>إدخالات الدليل الجذر:</b>\n"
 "تحديد عدد الإدخالات المتوفرة في الدليل الجذر.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
 msgid "Hash &Function"
 msgstr "دالة التجزئة"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>دالة التجزئة:</b>\n"
-"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</"
-"p>\n"
+"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
 msgid "FS &Revision"
 msgstr "مراجعة FS"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>مراجعة FS:</b>\n"
-"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق "
-"مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن "
-"استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n"
+"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
 msgstr "حجم الكتلة بالبايت"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم الكتلة:</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 "
-"و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي "
-"4096.</p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
 msgid "&Inode Size"
 msgstr "حجم Inode"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
+#. help text, richtext format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
 "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5779,33 +5647,30 @@
 "<p><b>حجم Inode:</b>\n"
 "يحدد هذا الخيار حجم inode لنظام الملفات.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
 msgstr "النسبة المئوية لمساحة inode"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>نسبة مساحة Inode:</b>\n"
-"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن "
-"تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.</p>\n"
+"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
 msgid "Inode &Aligned"
 msgstr "محاذاة Inode"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
 "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
 "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5814,13 +5679,13 @@
 "من عدمها. تتم محاذاة وحدات inode بشكل افتراضي، الأمر الذي يعتبر\n"
 "أكثر كفاءة في المعتاد من الوصول دون محاذاة.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
 msgstr "حجم السجل بالميغابايت"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
 msgid ""
 "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
 "Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5828,30 +5693,28 @@
 "قيمة \"حجم السجل\" غير صحيحة.\n"
 "الرجاء إدخال قيمة أكبر من صفر.\n"
 
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم السجل</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد "
-"الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
 msgstr "استدعاء البرنامج الإضافي لقائمة قطع التخزين التالفة"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
 msgstr "طول التوسيع بالكتل"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
 msgid ""
 "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
 "Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5859,8 +5722,8 @@
 "قيمة \"طول التوسيع بالكتل\" غير ممكنة.\n"
 "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أكبر من 1.\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
 "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5868,31 +5731,26 @@
 "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>الطول الموسع بقطع التخزين:</b>\n"
-"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة "
-"حاليًا هي\n"
+"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة حاليًا هي\n"
 " 'stride'، والتي تأخذ عدد قطع التخزين في مخطط\n"
 " RAID باعتبارها الوسيطة.</p>\n"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>حجم كتل التخزين:</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 "
-"و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن "
-"طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
 msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
 msgstr "البايت لكل Inode"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
 "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5900,8 +5758,7 @@
 "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.  Generally, this\n"
 "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
 "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
 "value for this parameter.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>البايت لكل Inode:</b>\n"
@@ -5909,18 +5766,17 @@
 "<bytes-لكل-inode>بايت من المساحة على القرص. كلما زاد معدل \n"
 "البايت لكل inode قل عدد inode التي يتم إنشاؤها. بشكل عام، لا ينبغي \n"
 "أن تقل هذه القيمة عن حجم كتلة نظام الملفات \n"
-"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد  "
-"inode في نظام الملفات \n"
+"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد  inode في نظام الملفات \n"
 "بعد إنشائه. لذا, احرص على إدخال قيمة\n"
 "مناسبة لهذه المعلمة.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
 msgstr "نسبة كتل التخزين المحجوزة للجذر"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
 msgid ""
 "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
 "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5928,26 +5784,19 @@
 "قيمة \"نسبة قطع التخزين المحجوزة للجذر\" غير صحيحة.\n"
 "الرجاء استخدام قيمة أكبر من 99 (كمثال 0.5).\n"
 
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل "
-"المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت "
-"بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>"
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>"
 
-#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
+#. checkbox text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
 msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
 msgstr "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
 "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5955,45 +5804,43 @@
 "<p><b>تعطيل الفحص المعتاد:</b>\n"
 "تعطيل فحص نظام الملفات المعتاد عند التمهيد.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
 msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
 msgstr "ميزة فهرسة الدليل"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
 "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "يمكن الخيار <p><b>فهرسة الدليل:</b>\n"
-"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</"
-"p>\n"
+"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</p>\n"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
 msgid "&No Journal"
 msgstr "لا يوجد دفتر يومية"
 
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
 "know what you are doing.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>دون دفتر يومية:</b>\n"
 "استخدام معطل لإنشاء دفتر يومية في filesystem. قم بتنشيط ذلك فقط إذا كنت\n"
 "على علم بالإجراء الذي تقوم به.</p>\n"
 
-#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
 msgstr "غير مسموح بإجراء العملية على القرص %{device}.\n"
 
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
@@ -6013,8 +5860,8 @@
 "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n"
 "الأقسام من هذا القرص هنا أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n"
 
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -6026,8 +5873,7 @@
 "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
-"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة "
-"لتغيير\n"
+"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة لتغيير\n"
 "جدول الأقسام أو أن التقسيم \n"
 "غير مدعم بواسطة هذه الأداة.\n"
 " \n"
@@ -6035,8 +5881,8 @@
 "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة  \n"
 "الأقسام من ذلك القرص هنا أو تحريرها أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n"
 
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -6056,8 +5902,8 @@
 "تنسيقه وتعيين نقطة توصيل إليه، ولكن لا يمكنك تغيير حجم\n"
 "القسم أو إزالته من ذلك القرص هنا.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -6071,8 +5917,8 @@
 "خبير عن طريق تحديد \"خبير\"->\"إنشاء جدول الأقسام \"، \n"
 "ولكن سيؤدي ذلك إلى فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على تقسيمات هذا القرص.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -6084,26 +5930,26 @@
 " يمكنك تجاهل هذه الرسالة بكل أمان إذا لم تكن لديك حاجة لاستخدام \n"
 " هذا القرص أثناء التثبيت.\n"
 
-#. Returns map of free space per partition
-#. 
-#. @param [String] device
-#. @param integer testsize
-#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
-#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#. Returns map of free space per partition
+#.
+#. @param [String] device
+#. @param integer testsize
+#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
+#. @param [Boolean] verbose
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
 msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
 msgstr "تغيير الحجم غير ممكن:"
 
-#. Sets a new size for volume
-#. 
-#. @param [String] device name
-#. @param [String] disk
-#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
-#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918
+#. Sets a new size for volume
+#.
+#. @param [String] device name
+#. @param [String] disk
+#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
+#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918
 msgid ""
 "Could not set encryption.\n"
 "System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6115,8 +5961,8 @@
 " \n"
 "كلمة مرور التشفير التي تم إدخالها قد تكون غير صحيحة.\n"
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949
 msgid ""
 "The first and the second version\n"
 "of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6126,8 +5972,8 @@
 "مع الثانية.‏\n"
 "حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980
 msgid ""
 "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
 "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6137,26 +5983,26 @@
 "0..9، a..z، وأي من \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
 "حاول مرة أخرى."
 
-#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034
+#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034
 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة مرور التشفير:"
 
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093
 msgid "Provide Password"
 msgstr "توفير كلمة المرور"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112
 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
 msgstr "تتوفر بالفعل وحدات التخزين المشفرة التالية."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
 msgstr "تنشيط وحدة تخزين مشفرة"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131
 msgid ""
 "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
 "passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6168,12 +6014,12 @@
 "يجب معرفة كلمات المرور إذا كانت وحدات التخزين ستكون مطلوبة \n"
 "أثناء تحديث أو إذا كانت تضم وحدة تخزين LVM فعلية."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143
 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
 msgstr "هل تريد تقديم كلمات مرور التشفير؟"
 
-#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200
+#. text in help field
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200
 msgid ""
 "Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
 "devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6183,71 +6029,70 @@
 "الأجهزة في قائمة الأجهزة المؤمنة.\n"
 "ستتم محاولة كلمة المرور لجميع الأجهزة."
 
-#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#. header text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
 msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
 msgstr "إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209
 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
 msgstr "لا توجد وحدة تخزين مشفرة لإلغاء تأمينها."
 
-#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#. label text, multiple device names follow
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
 msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كلمة المرور لأي من الأجهزة التالية:"
 
-#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225
+#. label text, one device name follows
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225
 msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
 msgstr "الرجاء توفير كلمة المرور للجهاز التالي:"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238
 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
 msgstr "جارٍ محاولة إلغاء تأمين وحدات تخزين مشفرة..."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262
 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
 msgstr "كلمة المرور لا تحظر أي وحدة تخزين."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348
 msgid "IDE Disk"
 msgstr "قرص IDE"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354
 msgid "SCSI Disk"
 msgstr "قرص SCSI"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "القرص"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388
 msgid "DM RAID"
 msgstr "DM RAID"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401
 msgid "MD RAID"
 msgstr "MD RAID"
 
-#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
-#. not provide anything
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906
+#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
+#. not provide anything
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906
 msgid "Installing required packages failed."
 msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
 msgid "Continue despite the error?"
 msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بالرغم من الخطأ؟"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
 msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الأقسام نظراً لاستخدام أقسام أخرى على القرص."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6257,7 +6102,7 @@
 "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 لأنه يحتوي على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n"
 "وهو مطلوب لتشغيل التثبيت.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6267,7 +6112,7 @@
 "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على بيانات\n"
 "التثبيت الضرورية لإجراء التثبيت.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6277,7 +6122,7 @@
 "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n"
 "ضروري لتشغيل التثبيت.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6287,7 +6132,7 @@
 "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على معلومات التثبيت\n"
 "الضرورية لتشغيل التثبيت.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6299,7 +6144,7 @@
 "\n"
 "الجهاز %2 والتي تحتوي على مبادلة نشطة مطلوبة لتشغيل التثبيت.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6309,8 +6154,8 @@
 "الجهاز %1 لا يمكن إزالته لأن هذا سيؤدي بشكل غير مباشر إلى تغييرات على \n"
 "الجهاز %2 والذي يحتوي على البيانات اللازمة لإجراء التثبيت.\n"
 
-#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386
+#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6320,114 +6165,114 @@
 "لا يمكن إزالة القسم %1 وذلك لاستخدام الأقسام الأخرى الموجودة \n"
 "على القرص %2.\n"
 
-#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475
+#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
 msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام ملفات المسؤول!"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476
 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
 msgstr "ستفشل عملية التثبيت فشلًا ذريعًا!"
 
-#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
-#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
-#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027
+#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
+#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
+#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027
 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
 msgstr "فشلت إضافة الحلول التالية: %1"
 
-#. hack: assume every text change means another action
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
+#. hack: assume every text change means another action
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:"
 msgstr "حدث فشل أثناء اتخاذ الإجراء التالي:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
 msgid "System error code was: %1"
 msgstr "كود خطأ النظام: %1"
 
-#. Label: get password for device
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
+#. Label: get password for device
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:"
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور للجهاز %1:"
 
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "نعم"
 
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
 msgid "No"
 msgstr "لا"
 
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
 msgid "F"
 msgstr "التنسيق"
 
-#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
+#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
 msgid "Enc"
 msgstr "مشفّر"
 
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
 msgid "FS Type"
 msgstr "نوع نظام الملفات"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
 msgid "Start"
 msgstr "بداية"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
 msgid "End"
 msgstr "نهاية"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
 msgid "FS ID"
 msgstr "مُعرف FS"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
 msgid "Disk Label"
 msgstr "تسمية القرص"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
 msgid "Metadata"
 msgstr "بيانات التعريف"
 
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
 msgid "PE Size"
 msgstr "حجم الحد الفعلي"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
 msgid "RAID Version"
 msgstr "إصدار RAID"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
 msgid "Parity Algorithm"
 msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
 msgid "Vendor"
 msgstr "البائع"
 
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
 msgid "Model"
 msgstr "الطراز"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
 msgid ""
 "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n"
 "disk. This field can be empty."
@@ -6435,18 +6280,17 @@
 "يُظهر <b>معرف BIOS</b> معرف BIOS للقرص\n"
 "الصلب. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
 msgid ""
 "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n"
 "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks."
 msgstr ""
 "يُظهر <b>الناقل</b> كيفية اتصال الجهاز\n"
-"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل "
-"المثال."
+"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل المثال."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
 msgid ""
 "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n"
 "devices."
@@ -6454,8 +6298,8 @@
 "يُظهر الخيار <b>حجم الكتلة</b> حجم الكتلة أجهزة\n"
 "RAID."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
 msgid ""
 "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
 "cylinders of the hard disk."
@@ -6463,8 +6307,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>حجم الأسطوانة</b> حجم أسطوانات\n"
 "القرص الصلب."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
 msgid ""
 "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
 "sectors of the hard disk."
@@ -6472,8 +6316,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>حجم القطاع</b> حجم\n"
 "قطاعات القرص الصلب."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
 msgid ""
 "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n"
 "device."
@@ -6481,8 +6325,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>الجهاز</b> اسم kernel\n"
 "للجهاز."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
 msgid ""
 "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n"
 "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>."
@@ -6490,8 +6334,8 @@
 "تُظهر <b>تسمية القرص</b> نوع جدول الأقسام\n"
 "للقرص، مثل <tt>MSDOS</tt> أو <tt>GPT</tt>."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
 msgid ""
 "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n"
 "encrypted."
@@ -6499,8 +6343,8 @@
 "يشير الخيار <b>مشفر</b> إلى ما إذا كان الجهاز\n"
 "مشفرًا."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
 msgid ""
 "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n"
 "the partition."
@@ -6508,8 +6352,8 @@
 "يُظهر الخيار <b>أسطوانة النهاية</b> أسطوانة النهاية\n"
 "في القسم."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
 msgid ""
 "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n"
 "Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6517,8 +6361,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>LUN</b> رقم الوحدة المنطقية\n"
 "أقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
 msgid ""
 "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n"
 "Channel disks."
@@ -6526,8 +6370,8 @@
 "يُظهر<b>معرف المنفذ</b> معرف المنفذ لأقراص\n"
 "قنوات الألياف الصناعية."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
 msgid ""
 "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n"
 "Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6535,8 +6379,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>WWPN</b> اسم المنفذ العالمي\n"
 "لأقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
 msgid ""
 "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n"
 "an encrypted loop device."
@@ -6544,28 +6388,27 @@
 "يُظهر <b>مسار الملف</b> مسار الملف\n"
 "لأحد أجهزة التسلسل المشفرة."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
 msgid ""
 "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n"
 "means the device is selected to be formatted."
 msgstr ""
-"يترتب على استخدام الخيار <b>تهيئة</b> ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</"
-"tt>\n"
+"يترتب على استخدام الخيار <b>تهيئة</b> ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</tt>\n"
 "أنه تم تحديد الجهاز لإجراء تهيئة له."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id."
 msgstr "<b>مُعرف FS</b> يظهر معرف نظام الملف."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type."
 msgstr "يُظهر<b>نوع نظام الملفات</b> نوع النظام."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
 msgid ""
 "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n"
 "system."
@@ -6573,8 +6416,8 @@
 "يُظهر العمود <b>التسمية</b> تسمية\n"
 "نظام الملفات."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n"
 "volume groups."
@@ -6582,30 +6425,28 @@
 "يُظهر العمود <b>بيانات التعريف</b> نوع بيانات تعريف LVM لمجموعات\n"
 "وحدة التخزين."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model."
 msgstr "يُظهر <b>الطراز</b> طراز الجهاز."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
 msgid ""
 "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
 "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<b>التوصيل حسب</b> تشير إلى كيفية إجراء توصيل نظام \n"
 "الملفات: (النواة) حسب اسم النواة (التسمية) تسمية نظام الملفات، (UUID) \n"
 "حسب ملف النظام UUID، (المعرف) حسب معرف الجهاز، و(المسار) حسب مسار الجهاز.\n"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
 msgid ""
 "A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
 "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
 "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "تشير علامة استفهام (؟) إلى \n"
@@ -6613,8 +6454,8 @@
 "يدويًا أو بواسطة أحد أنظمة التوصيل التلقائي. عند تغيير إعداد حجم هذا \n"
 "لن يتم تحديث YaST<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
 msgid ""
 "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n"
 "is mounted."
@@ -6622,20 +6463,18 @@
 "يُظهر العمود <b>نقطة التوصيل</b> النقطة التي يتم عندها توصيل\n"
 "نظام الملفات."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
 msgid ""
 "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
 "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
 msgstr ""
 "تشير النجمة (*) الموجودة بعد نقطة التوصيل\n"
-"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار "
-"<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
+"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار <tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
 msgid ""
 "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n"
 "cylinders the hard disk has."
@@ -6643,8 +6482,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>عدد الأسطوانات</b> عدد\n"
 "الأسطوانات التي يحتوي عليها القرص الصلب."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
 msgid ""
 "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n"
 "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10."
@@ -6652,8 +6491,8 @@
 "تُظهر <b>خوارزمية المساواة</b> خوارزمية المساواة\n"
 "لأجهزة RAID بأنواع RAID 5 أو 6 أو 10."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
 msgid ""
 "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n"
 "for LVM volume groups."
@@ -6661,13 +6500,13 @@
 "يُظهر <b>حجم النطاق الفعلي</b> حجم النطاق الفعلي\n"
 "لمجموعات وحدة تخزين LVM."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version."
 msgstr "<b>إصدار RAID</b> يظهر إصدار RAID."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
 msgid ""
 "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n"
 "called RAID level, for RAID devices."
@@ -6675,13 +6514,13 @@
 "يُظهر <b>نوع RAID</b> نوع RAID، المسمى\n"
 "مستوى RAID، لأجهزة RAID."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device."
 msgstr "يُظهر <b>الحجم</b> حجم الجهاز."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
 msgid ""
 "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n"
 "of the partition."
@@ -6689,8 +6528,8 @@
 "يُظهر العمود <b>أسطوانة البداية</b> أسطوانة البداية\n"
 "للقسم."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
 msgid ""
 "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n"
 "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size  in parenthesis.\n"
@@ -6698,8 +6537,8 @@
 "<b>الأشرطة</b> يظهر عدد أشرطة وحدات التخزين المنطقية \n"
 "LVM، وإذا كان أكبر من واحد، يتم عرض حجم الشريط بين أقواس.\n"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
 msgid ""
 "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n"
 "device type."
@@ -6707,8 +6546,8 @@
 "يعطي <b>النوع</b> نظرة عامة\n"
 "حول نوع الجهاز."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
 msgid ""
 "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n"
 "IDs. This field can be empty.\n"
@@ -6716,8 +6555,8 @@
 "<b>معرف الجهاز</b> يظهر معرفات الأجهزة \n"
 "الثابتة. يمكن ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا.\n"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
 msgid ""
 "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n"
 "path. This field can be empty."
@@ -6725,8 +6564,8 @@
 "يُظهر <b>مسار الجهاز</b> مسار الجهاز\n"
 "الثابت. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
 msgid ""
 "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n"
 "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
@@ -6734,8 +6573,8 @@
 "<b>المستخدم بواسطة</b> يظهر إذا كان الجهاز يستخدم بواسطة\n"
 "RAID أو LVM. إذا كان الجهاز غير مستخدم، يتم ترك هذا العمود فارغًا.\n"
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
 msgid ""
 "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n"
 "Identifier of the file system."
@@ -6743,236 +6582,236 @@
 "يُظهر <b>UUID</b> المعرف الفريد العمومي\n"
 "لنظام الملفات."
 
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor."
 msgstr "يُظهر <b>البائع</b> بائع الجهاز."
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
+#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
 msgid "Device: %1"
 msgstr "الجهاز: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
 msgid "Size: %1"
 msgstr "الحجم: %1"
 
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
 msgid "DISK %1"
 msgstr "القرص %1"
 
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
 msgid "Type: %1"
 msgstr "النوع: %1"
 
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
 msgid "Format: %1"
 msgstr "التنسيق: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
+#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
 msgid "Encrypted: %1"
 msgstr "مشفر: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
 msgid "File System: %1"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
 msgid "Mount Point: %1"
 msgstr "نقطة التوصيل: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
 msgid "Mount by: %1"
 msgstr "موصل بواسطة: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
 msgid "Used by %1: %2"
 msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة %1: %2"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
 msgid "UUID: %1"
 msgstr "UUID: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
 msgid "Label: %1"
 msgstr "التسمية: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
+#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
 msgid "Device Path: %1"
 msgstr "مسار الجهاز: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
 msgid "Device ID %1: %2"
 msgstr "معرف الجهاز %1: %2"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
 msgid "BIOS ID: %1"
 msgstr "معرف BIOS: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
+#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
 msgid "Disk Label: %1"
 msgstr "تسمية القرص: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
+#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
 msgid "Vendor: %1"
 msgstr "البائع: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
+#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
 msgid "Model: %1"
 msgstr "الطراز: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
 msgid "Bus: %1"
 msgstr "الناقل: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
+#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
 msgid "Metadata: %1"
 msgstr "بيانات التعريف: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
 msgid "PE Size: %1"
 msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
 msgid "Stripes: %1"
 msgstr "الشرائح: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
 msgid "RAID Version: %1"
 msgstr "إصدار RAID: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
 msgid "RAID Type: %1"
 msgstr "نوع RAID: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
 msgid "Chunk Size: %1"
 msgstr "حجم الكتلة: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
+#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1"
 msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1"
 msgstr "عدد الأسطوانات: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1"
 msgstr "حجم الأسطوانة: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1"
 msgstr "أسطوانة البداية: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
 msgid "End Cylinder: %1"
 msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
 msgid "Sector Size: %1"
 msgstr "حجم القطاع: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
 msgid "FS ID: %1"
 msgstr "مُعرف FS: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
 msgid "File Path: %1"
 msgstr "مسار الملف: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
+#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
 msgid "WWPN: %1"
 msgstr "WWPN: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
+#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
 msgid "LUN: %1"
 msgstr "LUN: %1"
 
-#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
+#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
 msgid "Port ID: %1"
 msgstr "معرف المنفذ: %1"
 
-#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
-#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
-#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
-#. nil.
-#. 
-#. Possible return values for predicate:
-#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
+#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
+#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
+#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
+#. nil.
+#.
+#. Possible return values for predicate:
+#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>يحتوي الجدول على:</p>"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
 msgid "Device:"
 msgstr "الجهاز:"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
 msgid "File System:"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات:"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
 msgid "Hard Disk:"
 msgstr "القرص الصلب:"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
 msgid "Fibre Channel:"
 msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية:"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
 msgid "LVM:"
 msgstr "LVM:"
 
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
 msgid "RAID:"
 msgstr "RAID:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>يحتوي العرض على:</p>"
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
 msgid ""
 "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n"
 "You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -6980,8 +6819,8 @@
 "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة تطبيق غير معروف.\n"
 "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة."
 
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n"
 "You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -6989,37 +6828,33 @@
 "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة التطبيق \"%1\" (%2).\n"
 "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة."
 
-#. bsc#983003
-#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على "
-"نظام ملفات نظام Windows."
+#. bsc#983003
+#. penalty for not having separate /home
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على نظام ملفات نظام Windows."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
 msgid "File System for Root Partition"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
 msgid "File System for Home Partition"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم Home"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
 msgstr "تكبير الت بديل للتعليق"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
 msgid "Proposal Settings"
 msgstr "إعدادات الاقتراح"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
 msgid ""
 "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
 "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -7029,8 +6864,8 @@
 "اختر<b>اقتراح مستند إلى LVM</b> لـ LVM عادي <b>واقتراح مستند إلى\n"
 "LVM مشفَّر</b> إذا كنت تريد تشفير النظام.</p>"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
 msgid ""
 "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
 "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7039,12 +6874,11 @@
 msgstr ""
 "<p>يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر باستخدام مربع\n"
 "التحرير والسرد المقابل. مع نظام الملفات BtrFS، يتمكن الاقتراح \n"
-"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى "
-"زيادة\n"
+"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى زيادة\n"
 "حجم القسم الجذر.</p>"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
 msgid ""
 "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
 "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -7052,8 +6886,8 @@
 "<p>يمكن للاقتراح إنشاء قسم home منفصل. يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات\n"
 " لقسم home باستخدام مربع التحرير والسرد المقابل.</p>"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
 msgid ""
 "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
 "the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -7061,79 +6895,79 @@
 "<p>يمكن جعل قسم المبادلة كبيرًا بما يكفي لاستخدامه في تعليق\n"
 "النظام بالقرص في معظم الحالات.</p>"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
 msgstr "أدخل كلمة السر الخاصة بتشفير الاقتراح."
 
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
 msgid "Password:"
 msgstr "كلمة السر:"
 
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
 msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة السر من أجل التحقق‏:"
 
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
 msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى قسم"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
 msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى LVM"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
 msgstr "اقتراح مشفر مستند إلى LVM"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. 
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. 
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#. 
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. 
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File:	StorageSettings.ycp
-#. Package:	yast2-storage
-#. Summary:	Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File:	StorageSettings.ycp
+#. Package:	yast2-storage
+#. Summary:	Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors:	Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de>
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
 msgid "Default Mount-by:"
 msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
 msgid "Default File System:"
 msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
 msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
 msgid "Partition Alignment:"
 msgstr "محاذاة القسم:"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
 msgstr "المعلومات المرئية في أجهزة التخزين:"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description
-#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81
+#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description
+#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81
 msgid "first root filesystem"
 msgstr "نظام الملف الجذر الأول"

    

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97434 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po

keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org

tags

participants (1)